JP2006330657A - Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera and mobile information terminal device - Google Patents

Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera and mobile information terminal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2006330657A
JP2006330657A JP2005216580A JP2005216580A JP2006330657A JP 2006330657 A JP2006330657 A JP 2006330657A JP 2005216580 A JP2005216580 A JP 2005216580A JP 2005216580 A JP2005216580 A JP 2005216580A JP 2006330657 A JP2006330657 A JP 2006330657A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
lens
lens group
group
lt
zoom
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2005216580A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP5354318B2 (en
Inventor
Katsuhiko Funo
Kazuyasu Ohashi
Koichi Sugiura
和泰 大橋
勝彦 布野
康一 杉浦
Original Assignee
Ricoh Co Ltd
株式会社リコー
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP2004217539 priority Critical
Priority to JP2004217539 priority
Priority to JP2005044909 priority
Priority to JP2005044909 priority
Priority to JP2005127226 priority
Priority to JP2005127226 priority
Priority to JP2005216580A priority patent/JP5354318B2/en
Application filed by Ricoh Co Ltd, 株式会社リコー filed Critical Ricoh Co Ltd
Publication of JP2006330657A publication Critical patent/JP2006330657A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5354318B2 publication Critical patent/JP5354318B2/en
Application status is Active legal-status Critical
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To reduce the size in the optical axis direction when the lens is housed, and to reduce the size in the plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and hence the size of the image pickup apparatus.
A retractable lens barrel comprising a plurality of lens holding frames for holding a plurality of lens groups for each lens group, and a lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frames. About. In the photographing state, all lens groups are positioned on the same optical axis, and in the retracted state, the third lens group is at a position different from the optical axes of the first lens group, the second lens group, and the fourth lens group, and A third lens holding frame 31 is included to hold the third lens group and move the third lens holding frame 31 so as to retract outside the maximum outer diameter of the lens barrels of the first lens group, the second lens group, and the fourth lens group.
[Selection] Figure 1

Description

  The present invention relates to a lens barrel that retracts a lens group in one form, and extends and uses the lens group to a predetermined position in another form. In particular, the focal length is obtained by relatively moving a plurality of lens groups. The present invention relates to a lens barrel, a lens driving device, a camera, and a portable information terminal device suitable for a zoom lens that can change the zoom lens.

In an imaging device such as a digital camera, a lens barrel is placed inside the imaging device body other than at the time of photographing as performance of a photographing lens such as a zoom lens capable of changing a focal length is improved and miniaturization is requested by a user. Increasingly, a retractable photographic lens is housed. Furthermore, it has become important to reduce the thickness dimension of the lens barrel portion in the retracted state to the limit due to the demand for further thinning rather than simply miniaturization.
As a technique for coping with such a request for thinning of the imaging apparatus, there is a retractable structure in which the lens barrel is accommodated in the imaging apparatus main body other than at the time of photographing, and a part of the lens barrel is retracted when retracted. A configuration in which the lens is retracted from the optical axis is used. Such a technique is disclosed in, for example, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2. According to the configurations disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, when the lens barrel is housed, a part of the lens is retracted from the optical axis, so that the size of the entire lens in the optical axis direction can be reduced. The thickness of the imaging device can be reduced.

By the way, called a digital camera or an electronic camera, a subject image is captured by a solid-state image sensor such as a CCD (charge coupled device) image sensor, and a still image (still image) or a moving image (movie image) of the subject is captured. A camera of a type that obtains image data and digitally records it in a nonvolatile semiconductor memory or the like typified by a flash memory has already been generalized. The replacement is rapidly progressing.
The market for such digital cameras is very large, and the demands of users for digital cameras are also diverse. In particular, high image quality and miniaturization are always desired by users and occupy a large weight. For this reason, zoom lenses used as photographing lenses are also required to have both high performance and downsizing.
In terms of miniaturization, it is necessary to shorten the total lens length in use, that is, the distance from the lens surface closest to the object side to the image plane, and reduce the thickness of each lens group for storage. It is also important to reduce the overall length of the hour. Furthermore, in terms of high performance, it is necessary to have a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor having at least about 3 to 5 million pixels or more over the entire zoom range.

In addition, there are many users who desire a wide angle of view of the photographing lens, and it is desirable that the half angle of view at the wide angle end of the zoom lens is 38 degrees or more. A half angle of view of 38 degrees corresponds to a focal length equivalent to 28 mm in terms of a 35 mm silver salt camera using a 35 mm (so-called Leica) silver salt film.
Further, a zoom magnification ratio as large as possible is desired. A zoom lens equivalent to 28 to 135 mm with a focal length equivalent to a 35 mm silver-salt camera is considered to be able to handle most of general photographing, and the zoom ratio of such a zoom lens is about 4 .8 times. Therefore, a zoom ratio equivalent to or higher than that is also desired for digital cameras.
Many types of zoom lenses for digital cameras are conceivable, but those having five or more lens groups are difficult to reduce the total thickness of all lens systems and are not suitable for miniaturization. . As the most common type of a zoom lens of about 3 times, a first lens group having a negative focal length, that is, negative refractive power, and a positive focal length, that is, positive refraction are sequentially arranged from the object side. And a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a diaphragm that moves integrally with the second lens group on the object side of the second lens group. The second lens group monotonously moves from the image side to the object side as the magnification changes from the short focal end to the long focal end, and the first lens group changes the image plane position associated with the magnification change. Some move to compensate for variations. However, the zoom lens having such a configuration is not suitable for a high zoom ratio exceeding 4 times.

  For example, Patent Document 3 discloses, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens having a positive refractive power. A lens group and a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power are disposed, and the first lens group and the third lens group monotonously toward the object side as the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. A zoom lens is disclosed that moves, the second lens group holds a fixed position, and the fourth lens group moves appropriately. Further, for example, in Patent Document 4, the first lens group and the third lens group monotonously move toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and the second lens group is an image. There is disclosed a zoom lens of a type that moves monotonously to the side and in which the fourth lens group moves appropriately. Note that, for example, in Patent Document 5, the first lens group holds a fixed position and the second lens group monotonously moves to the image side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. A zoom lens in which the third lens group moves toward the object side is disclosed.

  That is, as a zoom lens well known as a type suitable for high zooming, a first lens group having a positive refractive power (focal length) and a second lens having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. A lens group, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power are disposed, and an aperture stop is provided in the vicinity of the third lens group. Along with zooming to the end, the first lens group and the third lens group hold a fixed position, the second lens group monotonously moves from the object side to the image side, and the fourth lens group Is moved so as to correct the fluctuation of the image plane position due to zooming, and is disclosed in, for example, Patent Document 6, Patent Document 7, and the like. This type of zoom lens is used in many video cameras and some digital cameras because there are only two moving lens groups and the structure of the lens barrel can be simplified. However, in this type of zoom lens, since it is necessary to ensure a large amount of movement of the second lens group that bears most of the zooming action, a stop disposed in the vicinity of the third lens group is not limited to the first lens group. If the lens is always arranged away from one lens group and attempts to widen the angle, the first lens group becomes very large.

Therefore, the second lens group and the third lens group are moved in opposite directions with the aperture stop interposed therebetween, and the third lens group is also subjected to a zooming action, thereby moving the second lens group. For example, Patent Document 8 and Patent Document 5 disclose the first lens group with a reduced diameter. However, even in this type of zoom lens, the first lens group maintains a fixed position, and thereby the overall length of the lens becomes substantially constant. Therefore, when trying to widen the half angle of view at the wide angle end to 38 degrees or more, Since the first lens group is also increased in size, it is difficult to widen the half angle of view at the wide angle end to 38 degrees or more. As described above, the half angle of view at the wide angle end is 38 degrees or more. In order to widen the angle, the zoom type in which the position of the first lens group is fixed is impossible, and the type in which the first lens group moves is desirable. By making the total lens length at the wide angle end shorter than that at the telephoto end, it is possible to achieve a sufficiently wide angle while suppressing an increase in the size of the first lens group.

  Such a zoom type, that is, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a zoom lens in which the first lens group monotonously moves toward the object side upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is, for example, a patent There are those disclosed in Document 3 and Patent Document 4. However, the zoom lenses disclosed in Patent Literature 3 and Patent Literature 4 have a half angle of view of about 25 to 32 degrees at the wide-angle end, and are still insufficient in terms of widening the angle.

By the way, devices having a function of capturing an object image have been generalized from a conventional still camera to an electronic still camera, a digital camera and a video camera having a moving image shooting function, and various information devices such as a portable information terminal device. It's getting on. As a lens used in these devices, a zoom lens is generalized, and its zooming region is required to have a higher zooming ratio, and there is a strong demand for higher performance.
In particular, in the case of a zoom lens that forms an object image on an image sensor, it is necessary to have a resolution corresponding to an image sensor with 3 to 5 million pixels over the entire zoom range. Further downsizing, the diagonal size of the image sensor is about 6-9 mm being put into practical use, and when realizing 3 million to 5 million pixels with such a small image sensor, the pixel pitch is 3 μm or less, so that Advanced aberration correction is required.
For example, if the pixel pitch is 2.5 μm, the Nyquist frequency is 200 lines / mm, and the diffraction limit is also a problem. Get smaller.

Further, there is a strong demand for a wide angle of view with respect to the photographing lens, and it is desirable that the half angle of view at the wide angle end of the zoom lens is at least 35 degrees, preferably at least 38 degrees. Half angle of view: 38 degrees corresponds to a focal length of 28 mm in terms of a 35 mm silver salt camera (so-called “Leica version”). In such a wide angle of view, off-axis aberrations such as distortion and lateral chromatic aberration are likely to be generated, and the lens design is very difficult in combination with the small pixel pitch of the image sensor.
Regarding the zoom ratio, a zoom lens equivalent to 28 to 135 mm (about 4.8 times) with a “35 mm silver salt camera equivalent focal length” is considered to be able to handle most of the general photography. Is.
As a “type suitable for high zoom ratio” as a zoom lens, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a third lens having a positive refractive power The lens unit is arranged, and has an aperture stop in the vicinity of the third lens unit on the object side. When zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the distance between the first lens unit and the second lens unit is increased. There are known ones in which each group is moved or fixed so that the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is small (Patent Documents 9 to 11 and the like).
In addition to the above-described configuration, there is also known one having a “fourth lens group having a positive refractive power” on the image side of the third lens group (Patent Documents 6 to 8 and the like).
These conventionally known zoom lenses have a zoom ratio of more than 5 times in any of the three-lens group configuration and the four-lens group configuration, but those whose half angle of view at the wide-angle end exceeds 35 degrees. Absent.
Even in Patent Document 10 in which “an embodiment of the widest field angle” is disclosed, the zoom ratio is about 3 to 5 times, the half field angle is about 25 to 34 degrees, and the widest half field angle is 34 degrees. In the embodiment which achieved the above, the zoom ratio is only 3 times, and it is difficult to say that it can sufficiently meet the recent demand for performance in terms of both wide angle of view and high zoom ratio.

JP 2003-315861 A JP 2003-149723 A JP-A-11-174330 JP-A-4-296809 (Patent No. 3008380) JP 2001-56436 A JP-A-62-24213 JP-A-3-33710 JP-A-6-94997 JP-A-11-109236 JP-A-11-142733 JP 11-242157 A

However, in the configurations disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, the position of the lens retracted from the optical axis is substantially inside the maximum outer diameter of the lens barrel. Therefore, these lens barrels can reduce the thickness of the imaging device when the lens is housed, but the outer diameter of the lens barrel is smaller than when the lens is not retracted from the optical axis. Therefore, the size of the lens barrel, particularly in the plane perpendicular to the optical axis, increases, and as a result, the size of the imaging device, particularly when viewed from the front, increases. There is a problem.
The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and can reduce the dimension in the optical axis direction when the lens is housed, and further, the size in a plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and thus the size of the imaging device. A lens barrel, a lens driving device for moving a plurality of lenses, a camera using the lens barrel or the lens driving device, and a portable information terminal device using the lens barrel or the lens driving device It is intended to provide.
The object of claims 1 and 2 of the present invention is that it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis, without particularly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is to provide a lens barrel.

The objects of claims 3 and 4 of the present invention make it possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis, without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. The object is to provide a lens barrel.
The object of claim 5 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the optical axis of the photographic image without significantly deteriorating the optical performance during photographing. There is.
It is an object of the present invention to provide a lens barrel that can reduce the size in the direction of the photographing optical axis effectively with a simple configuration.
An object of claim 7 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction with a simpler configuration.
An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simpler configuration.
An object of claim 9 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction, in particular, with a more efficient and simple configuration.
An object of claim 10 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis, particularly with a simple and more efficient configuration.

An object of claim 11 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple structure that is even more efficient.
An object of claim 12 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction with a simple structure that is even more efficient.
An object of the thirteenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple structure that is even more efficient.
The object of the fourteenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction, particularly with a simple structure that is easy to manufacture.
The object of the fifteenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction with a simple construction that is easy to manufacture.
The object of the sixteenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction with a simple construction that is easier to manufacture.
The object of the seventeenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can be reduced in size in the direction of the photographing optical axis, particularly with a safe and simple operation.
An object of claim 18 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction, particularly with a safer and simpler operation.

The object of the nineteenth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple and more efficient structure.
An object of claim 20 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis, particularly with a simple and more efficient configuration.
The object of the twenty-first aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a particularly simple and efficient structure.
The object of the twenty-second aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a particularly simple and efficient structure.
The object of the twenty-third aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens barrel capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. Is to provide.
The object of the twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis, in particular, with a simple and more efficient structure.
The object of the twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens barrel capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. Is to provide.

An object of claim 26 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction, in particular, with a simple configuration that is easier to manufacture.
The object of the twenty-seventh aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel that can shift from the retracted state to the wide-angle state at high speed, particularly with a simple structure that is easier to manufacture.
The object of the twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction with a more reliable and simple structure.
The object of the twenty-ninth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens barrel capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. Is to provide.
The object of the thirty-third aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction with a simple structure that is even more efficient.
The object of the thirty-first aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction, particularly with a safe and simple operation.
The object of the thirty-second aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel capable of reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction, particularly with a safe and simple configuration.

The object of the thirty-third aspect of the present invention is to provide a camera capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is to provide.
The object of the thirty-fourth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a portable type capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is to provide an information terminal device.
The object of the thirty-fifth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is an object of the present invention to provide a lens driving device that enables effective driving control of the barrel.
The object of the thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the size in the direction of the photographing optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device that can drive and control the barrel more efficiently.
The object of the thirty-seventh aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is an object of the present invention to provide a lens driving device that can efficiently and accurately control the barrel.

The object of the thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention is, in particular, a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It is an object of the present invention to provide a lens driving device that can drive and control the barrel efficiently and more accurately.
The object of claim 39 of the present invention is in particular a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device that can efficiently and surely drive and control a barrel.
An object of claim 40 of the present invention is, in particular, a lens mirror capable of effectively reducing the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device that can efficiently and surely drive and control a barrel.
An object of claim 41 of the present invention is to reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis effectively without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and to further improve the photographic optical system. It is an object of the present invention to provide a camera that enables efficient and reliable drive control.
An object of claim 42 of the present invention is to reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis effectively without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and to further improve the photographic optical system. An object of the present invention is to provide a portable information terminal device that enables efficient and reliable drive control.

Still another object of the present invention is to provide a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, A fourth lens group having a refractive power is sequentially arranged from the object side, and the first lens group and the third lens group are moved to the object side as the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously toward the zoom lens, a high zoom ratio that can sufficiently cover a normal shooting area while ensuring a sufficient wide angle of view (for example, a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more) at the wide angle end ( Zoom lens having a high resolution (for example, 3 to 5 million pixels), and a lens barrel, a lens driving device, and a camera using such a zoom lens unit. And a portable information terminal device It is intended to be subjected.
The object of claim 43 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel using a zoom lens that can have a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
An object of claim 44 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration better and obtain high performance.

An object of claim 45 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens which is suitable for further miniaturization and particularly suitable for reduction in diameter.
An object of claim 46 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of the 47th aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
An object of claim 48 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of the 49th aspect of the present invention is to obtain a sufficient wide angle of view, particularly, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens having another configuration capable of having a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor having 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
An object of claim 50 of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens suitable for further miniaturization, and particularly suitable for reduction in diameter.

An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a zoom lens that can correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of claim 53 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens barrel including a lens unit that can achieve high performance using a zoom lens having another configuration that can have a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
The object of claim 54 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, that the half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 It is an object of the present invention to provide a camera that is small in size and can obtain high image quality with high resolving power by using a zoom lens that can have resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.

The object of the 55th aspect of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view such as a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more at the wide angle end, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size, and 300 To provide a portable information terminal device that is small in size and capable of obtaining high image quality with high resolution using a zoom lens that can have a resolution corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more. .
The object of claim 56 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, that the half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more, has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, and is small in size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can have a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
An object of the 57th aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

An object of the 58th aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens suitable for further downsizing and particularly suitable for downsizing.
The object of the 59th aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
An object of claim 60 of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
An object of the 61st aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of claim 62 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, particularly, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens having another configuration capable of having a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor having 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
An object of a 63rd aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens suitable for further downsizing, and particularly suitable for downsizing.

An object of claim 64 of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of the 65th aspect of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a zoom lens that can correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
The object of the 66th aspect of the present invention is to obtain a sufficient wide angle of view, particularly, a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more at the wide angle end, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 An object of the present invention is to provide a lens driving device including a lens unit that can achieve high performance using a zoom lens having another configuration that can have a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
The object of the 67th aspect of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 It is an object of the present invention to provide a camera that is small in size and can obtain high image quality with high resolving power by using a zoom lens that can have resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more.
The object of claim 68 of the present invention is to obtain a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, a half angle of view at the wide angle end of 38 degrees or more, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and 300 To provide a portable information terminal device that is small in size and capable of obtaining high image quality with high resolution using a zoom lens that can have a resolution corresponding to an image sensor with 10,000 to 5,000,000 pixels or more. .
Further, the object of claims 69 to 109 of the present invention is that the half angle of view at the wide angle end is 35 degrees or more and has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more while being a sufficiently wide angle of view. To provide a lens barrel, a lens driving device, a camera, and a portable information terminal device including a zoom lens having sufficient resolving power even when an object image is formed on a small image pickup device having 5 million pixels.

In order to achieve the above-described object, a lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 1 is provided.
At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel that holds at least one lens holding frame inside, and the lens In a lens barrel provided with lens holding frame driving means for driving the holding frame,
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is located outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. And a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens.
In order to achieve the above-described object, a lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 2 is provided.
At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, comprising: a plurality of lens holding frames that hold the plurality of lens groups for each lens group; and a lens holding frame driving unit that drives the lens holding frame.
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all the lens groups are positioned on the same optical axis, and in the retracted state, at least one lens group is retracted outside the maximum outer diameter of the lens barrel of the other lens group. It includes a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving one lens group.

In order to achieve the object described above, the lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 3 is provided.
At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel that holds at least one of the lens holding frames therein, and the retractable lens In a lens barrel comprising: a fixed barrel that houses the movable lens barrel in a state; and a lens holding frame driving unit that drives the lens holding frame;
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is formed on the wall of the fixed barrel. And a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens so as to be retracted from the optical axis formed of the plurality of lens groups by passing through the opening.
In order to achieve the above-described object, a lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 4 is provided.
At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames for holding the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel for holding at least one lens holding frame therein, and a lens holding for driving the lens holding frame In a lens barrel provided with a frame driving means,
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all lens groups are positioned on the same optical axis, and in the retracted state, at least one lens group of the plurality of lens groups is separated from the other lens groups by the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. And a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens group in order to retract to the outside.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 5 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
The retractable lens holding frame is operated to move back and forth in the optical axis direction at the time of shooting.

A lens barrel according to a sixth aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to the fifth aspect,
The lens holding frame driving means includes a single retraction frame driving source used in common for a retraction movement driving source of the retraction lens holding frame and a reciprocating movement driving source in the optical axis direction. Yes.
A lens barrel according to a seventh aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to the sixth aspect,
A retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame by the retracting frame driving source includes a lead screw for retracting the retracting lens holding frame in the direction outside the optical axis and for moving in and out in the optical axis direction; It is a feature.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 8 is the lens barrel of claim 7,
The retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens retaining frame is characterized in that a cam surface for retracting the retracting lens retaining frame is formed integrally with the retracting lens retaining frame.

The lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 9 is the lens barrel according to claim 8,
A retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame includes a female screw member that is screwed to the lead screw and formed with a sliding contact portion, and the sliding contact portion of the female screw member is connected to the retracting lens holding frame. The retractable lens holding frame is retracted by sliding in contact with an integrally formed cam surface.
The lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 10 is the lens barrel according to claim 7 or claim 8, wherein
A retraction frame drive system for driving the retraction lens holding frame includes a female screw member that is screwed into the lead screw and has a contact engagement portion formed therein, and the contact engagement portion of the female screw member is the retraction member. The retractable lens holding frame is moved in the optical axis direction by engaging a contact engaging surface formed integrally with the lens holding frame.
The lens barrel according to the invention described in claim 11 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 10,
The retractable lens holding frame further includes means for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame in a direction in which the retractable lens holding frame is inserted on the optical axis of the other lens group.

A lens barrel according to a twelfth aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects,
The retractable lens holding frame further includes means for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame in the retracted direction along the optical axis direction of the other lens group.
A lens barrel according to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects,
The retractable lens holding frame further includes a common single compression torsion spring that constantly urges the retractable lens holding frame in the direction of insertion on the optical axis of the other lens group and always urges in the retracted direction along the optical axis direction. It is characterized by that.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 14 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 13,
A main guide member is further provided, and the retractable lens holding frame rotates around the main guide member to achieve retraction of the other lens group from the optical axis and insertion onto the optical axis. It is characterized by.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 15 is the lens barrel according to claim 14,
A sub-guide member is further provided, and a frame stopper portion integrally provided on the retractable lens holding frame abuts on the sub-guide member, whereby the retractable lens holding frame defines an optical axis position. Yes.
The lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 16 is the lens barrel according to claim 14 or claim 15, wherein
The retraction lens holding frame further includes a sub guide member, and the retraction lens holding frame advances and retreats along the optical axis direction while a frame stopper portion provided integrally with the retraction lens holding frame is in contact with the sub guide member. It is said.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 17 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 16,
In order to retract the lens barrel of the group closer to the object side than the retractable lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame in the lens barrel to retract from the predetermined position, the position detector It requires the signal from

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 18 is the lens barrel according to claim 17,
The position detection device is a photo interrupter, and is provided integrally with a fixed frame, and the retractable lens holding frame includes a light shielding piece for controlling the photo interrupter.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 19 is the lens barrel according to claim 16,
The frame stopper portion is provided on the in-focus position side of the lens located at the rearmost end of the retractable lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 20 is the lens barrel according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein
The sub guide member is installed inside the innermost diameter of the movable lens barrel.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 21 is the lens barrel according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein
A shutter mechanism part having an outer shape in which a relief shape is formed in a substantially circular part is further provided, and the sub guide member is installed in the relief shape part of the shutter mechanism part.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 22 is the lens barrel according to claim 21,
The other lens group includes a focusing lens group including one or more lenses for focus adjustment,
The lens barrel further includes a sub guide member for guiding a lens holding frame that holds the focusing lens group;
The sub guide member is installed at a relief shape position of the shutter mechanism portion.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 23 is the lens barrel according to claim 3 or 4,
When placed in the camera, a finder mechanism is further installed on one side corresponding to the upper outside of the fixed barrel,
A drive source and a transmission mechanism for moving the movable lens barrel between the retracted state and the state moved to the objective side are installed on the other side of the fixed barrel,
In the retracted state of the movable lens barrel, the retractable lens holding frame is stored on the lower side of the fixed barrel.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 24 is the lens barrel of claim 23,
The length in the optical axis direction of the retractable lens holding frame is longer than any of the lens holding frames in the other lens groups, and the length in the optical axis direction of the lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame is It is characterized in that at least one of the conditions that it is longer than any of the other lens groups is satisfied.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 25 is the lens barrel of claim 23 or claim 24,
An outer diameter of the retractable lens holding frame is smaller than any of the lens holding frames of the other lens groups.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 26 is the lens barrel of claim 13,
Using a plurality of lens holding frames that hold the plurality of lens groups for each lens group, a movable lens barrel that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward, and holds the lens holding frame inside, and the movable lens barrel. A lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame; and a fixed barrel provided at a fixed position, and the fixed barrel is the compression for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame. A step shape is provided on the surface against which the torsion spring abuts.

A lens barrel according to a twenty-seventh aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the fourth, fifth, and 23 to 25,
A detector for detecting that the movable lens barrel is extended;
The detector is characterized in that it generates a signal in the vicinity of the maximum extended position of the movable lens barrel and after the movable lens barrel reaches the maximum extended position.
In order to achieve the above-described object, a lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 28 is provided.
A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving at least a part of the lens group from the retracted state in which at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted to house the lens group to the objective side,
At least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group, a movable lens barrel that is movably provided to hold the lens holding frame inside, and drives the lens holding frame using the movable lens barrel Lens holding frame driving means, and a fixed barrel provided with a fixed position,
A helicoid screw thread is provided on the inner periphery of the fixed lens barrel, and a subject side end face of the helicoid screw thread forms a plane perpendicular to the optical axis.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 29 is the lens barrel according to claim 28,
The lens holding frame positions all the lens groups on the same optical axis in the photographing state, and at least one lens in the lens group outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel in the retracted state. A retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens for retracting is provided.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 30 is the lens barrel of claim 14,
The main guide member serving as the rotation center of the retractable lens holding frame is installed outside the outer diameter of the fixed barrel.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 31 is the lens barrel according to claim 3 or 4,
The anti-collision member rotatably installed on the fixed barrel and urging means for always urging the anti-collision member toward the optical axis are provided, and at least a part of the anti-collision member includes the retracting lens. When the holding frame has not shifted to the retracted state, the holding frame is positioned inside the fixed barrel, and when the retractable lens retaining frame shifts to the retracted state, the holding frame moves to the outside of the fixed barrel. .

In order to achieve the above-mentioned object, a lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 32 is provided.
A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving at least a part of the lens group from the retracted state in which at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted to house the lens group to the objective side,
At least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group; a movable lens barrel that is movably provided to hold the lens holding frame; and lens holding frame driving means that drives the lens holding frame; A focusing lens group including one or more lenses for focus adjustment, and a focusing lens holding frame that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward and holds the focusing lens group;
A driving source for driving the focusing lens holding frame; and an urging means for urging the focusing lens holding frame substantially parallel to the optical axis and toward the subject side. The final movement to the retracted position where the frame is positioned closest to the image plane side is performed by pressing with the movable lens barrel.

A camera according to the present invention as set forth in claim 33,
The imaging optical system includes an optical system using the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention as set forth in claim 34,
It has a camera function part, and includes the optical system using the lens barrel of any one of Claims 1-32 as an imaging optical system of the camera function part.

A lens driving device according to a thirty-fifth aspect of the present invention provides a zoom function by moving the plurality of lens groups in the lens barrel according to any one of the first to fourth aspects along an optical axis. In the lens driving device to achieve,
The plurality of lens groups include a plurality of variable magnification lens groups having a variable magnification function, and the plurality of variable magnification lens groups having a variable magnification function are driven by a plurality of motors.

A lens driving device according to a thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to the thirty-fifth aspect,
The plurality of zoom lens groups are
A lens driving unit including a first lens group and a second lens group, and driving and controlling the variable power lens group;
Means for driving the first lens group with a DC (direct current) motor;
And means for driving the second lens group with a pulse motor.
The lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 37 is the lens driving device according to claim 36,
The lens driving means;
Means for stopping the first lens group when stopping the zoom lens group;
Means for determining a stop position of the second lens group based on a stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped;
Means for stopping the second lens group at the determined stop position of the second lens group.

A lens driving device according to a thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to the thirty-sixth or thirty-seventh aspect,
The lens driving means;
Means for stopping the first lens group and the second lens group when stopping the zoom lens group;
Means for determining a stop position of the second lens group based on a stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped;
Means for correcting the stop position of the second lens group by moving the second lens group again to the stop position determined to stop the second lens group and stopping the second lens group.
A lens driving device according to a thirty-ninth aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the thirty-sixth to thirty-eighth aspects,
The first lens group and the second lens group move in substantially the same direction at the time of zooming, and the first lens group is telephoto when moving from a wide-angle position to a telephoto position as compared with the second lens group. The lens driving means moves the second lens group at a higher speed than the first lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position.
When zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position, if the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is less than a predetermined distance, the first lens group and the second lens group Means for stopping the driving of the second lens group until the interval becomes equal to or greater than a predetermined interval.

The lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 40 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 36 to 39,
The first lens group and the second lens group move in substantially the same direction at the time of zooming, and the first lens group is telephoto in movement from a telephoto position to a wide-angle position rather than the second lens group. The lens driving means moves the second lens group at a higher speed than the first lens group upon zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position.
When zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position, if the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group exceeds a predetermined distance, the first lens group and the second lens group It is characterized by including means for stopping the driving of the second lens group until the interval becomes a predetermined interval.
A camera according to the present invention as defined in claim 41,
The lens driving device according to any one of claims 35 to 40 is used as a driving device for the photographing optical system.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention as set forth in claim 42,
The lens driving device according to any one of claims 35 to 40 is used as a driving device for a photographing optical system of the camera function unit.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 43 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32,
As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
When the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T,
Conditional expression:
0.60 <m4T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 44 is the lens barrel according to claim 43,
As an imaging optical system, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end is m4W.
Conditional expression:
1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 45 is the lens barrel of claim 43 or claim 44,
As a photographing optical system, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T.
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 46 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 45,
As a photographing optical system, a third lens total moving amount of the group when changing magnification from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
Conditional expression:
0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 47 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 46,
As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the second lens group is f 2 , and the focal length of the third lens group is f 3 ,
Conditional expression:
0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 48 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 47,
As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end is f W.
Conditional expression:
6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
In order to achieve the above-mentioned object, a lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 49,
As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
The total amount of movement of the first lens group during zooming to the telephoto end X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T from the wide angle end,
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 50 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 49,
As an imaging optical system, the aperture stop moves independently of the adjacent lens group, and the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end. It is characterized by including a lens.
The lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 51 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 50,
As the photographing optical system, the second lens group includes, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object side. It is characterized by including a zoom lens composed of three lenses in which a negative lens having a large curvature surface is sequentially arranged.
A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 52 is the lens barrel according to claim 51,
As a photographic optical system, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , and the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is ν As 2i ,
Conditional expression:
1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A unit barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 53,
An optical system including the zoom lens according to any one of claims 43 to 52;
The photographing optical system includes a zoom lens including a mechanism that supports each optical element constituting the optical system and moves each optical element at least for each lens group.
According to a 54th aspect of the present invention, there is provided a camera according to the present invention.
As a photographing optical system, the zoom lens according to any one of claims 43 to 52 is included.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention as set forth in claim 55,
The zoom lens according to any one of claims 41 to 50 is included as an imaging optical system of the camera function unit.

A lens driving device according to a 56th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 35th to 40th aspects,
As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
When the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T,
Conditional expression:
0.60 <m4T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

The lens driving device according to the invention described in claim 57 is the lens driving device according to claim 56,
As an imaging optical system, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end is m4W.
Conditional expression:
1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
The lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 58 is the lens driving device according to claim 56 or 57,
As a photographing optical system, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T.
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
It is characterized by satisfying.

A lens driving device according to a 59th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 58th aspects,
As a photographing optical system, a third lens total moving amount of the group when changing magnification from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
Conditional expression:
0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 60 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 59, wherein:
The focal length of the second lens group is f 2 and the focal length of the third lens group is f 3 .
Conditional expression:
0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 61 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 60,
As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end is f W.
Conditional expression:
6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
In order to achieve the above object, a lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 62 is provided.
As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
The total amount of movement of the first lens group during zooming to the telephoto end X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T from the wide angle end,
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens driving device according to a 63rd aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 62nd aspects,
As an imaging optical system, the aperture stop moves independently of the adjacent lens group, and the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end. It is characterized by including a lens.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 64 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 63,
As the photographing optical system, the second lens group includes, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object side. It is characterized by including a zoom lens composed of three lenses in which a negative lens having a large curvature surface is sequentially arranged.
A lens driving device according to a 65th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to the 64th aspect,
As a photographic optical system, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , and the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is ν As 2i ,
Conditional expression:
1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

According to a 66th aspect of the present invention, there is provided a lens driving device according to the present invention.
An optical system including the zoom lens according to any one of claims 56 to 65;
And a lens unit that supports each optical element constituting the optical system and includes a mechanism for moving each optical element at least for each lens group.
A camera according to the present invention as set forth in claim 67,
The zoom lens according to any one of claims 56 to 65 is included as a photographing optical system.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention as set forth in claim 68,
The zoom lens according to any one of claims 56 to 65 is included as an imaging optical system of the camera function unit.

A lens barrel according to a 69th aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the first to 32nd aspects, wherein the photographic optical system is directed from the object side to the image side. A first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power in the order, and the second lens group and the third lens group; With an aperture stop between
In zoom lenses in which the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is increased and the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is decreased upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end,
The ratio between the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: fw and the maximum image height: Y ′ max : Y ′ max / fw is the condition:
(1) 0.70 <Y ' max / f w <1.00
In the range of
The second lens group includes, from the object side to the image side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature on the image side, and a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side. It is characterized by including a zoom lens which is configured by arranging three negative lenses facing the lens.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 70 is the lens barrel according to claim 69,
As a photographing optical system, the image side surface of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group is an aspherical surface having a shape in which the negative refractive power decreases as the distance from the optical axis increases.
The refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , and the aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
(2) 0.0010 <(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) / Y ' max <0.0500
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
The lens barrel according to the 71st aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel of the 70th aspect, wherein the object side surface of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group is an aspheric surface as a photographic optical system. And
Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group: N 2O , Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , closest to the object side of the second lens group Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the aspheric surface: X 2O (H 0.8 ), Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
(3) -0.0500 <{(N 2O −1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ′ max <0.1500
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 72 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 71,
As a photographic optical system, the refractive index and Abbe number of the i-th lens material counted from the object side in the second lens group are N 2i and ν 2i (i = 1 to 3):
(4) 1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
(5) 1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
(6) 1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 73 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 72,
As a photographic optical system, the three lenses constituting the second lens group are, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature facing the image side, and an object A negative lens having a concave surface having a large curvature on the side, and includes a zoom lens in which the positive lens and the negative lens on the image side are cemented.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 74 is the lens barrel according to claim 73,
As a photographing optical system, the curvature radius of the cemented surface of the positive lens and the negative lens in the second lens group: R 2C and the maximum image height:
Ratio with Y ′ max : R 2C / Y ′ max is the condition:
(7) -3.5 <(R 2C / Y ' max ) <-1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 75 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 74,
As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the first lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
The distance between the first and second lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 12W , the distance between the first and second lens groups at the telephoto end: D 12T, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
(8) 0.50 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to a 76th aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the 69th to 75th aspects,
As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the third lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
The distance between the second and third lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 23W , the distance between the second and third lens groups at the telephoto end: D 23T , and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
(9) 0.25 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.65
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to a 77th aspect of the present invention is the lens barrel according to any one of the 69th to 76th aspects,
As a photographic optical system, the focal length of the second lens group: f 2 and the focal length of the third lens group: f 3 are the conditions:
(10) 0.5 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 78 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 77,
As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group; f 1 , the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W , the condition
(11) 6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 79 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 77,
The photographic optical system includes a zoom lens including a first lens group to a third lens group.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 80 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 78, wherein:
As a photographing optical system, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power is disposed on the image side of the third lens group,
When zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group increases.
The zoom lens is characterized in that at least the first lens group and the third lens group include a zoom lens that moves toward the object side so that the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group becomes small.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 81 is the lens barrel according to claim 80,
As a photographing optical system, the fourth lens group includes a zoom lens that does not move during zooming.
A lens barrel according to the present invention described in claim 82 is the lens barrel according to claim 80,
The photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the fourth lens unit is displaced toward the image side upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end.
A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 83 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 82,
The zoom optical system includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. .
A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 84 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 83,
The photographic optical system includes a zoom lens in which the aperture diameter of the aperture stop is constant regardless of zooming.

A lens barrel according to the present invention as set forth in claim 85 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 83, wherein:
The photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the aperture diameter of the aperture stop changes depending on the magnification, and the aperture diameter at the long focal end is set larger than the aperture diameter at the short focus end.
A portable information terminal device according to an 86th aspect of the present invention includes the lens barrel according to any one of the 69th to 85th aspects as a photographing optical system.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention described in claim 87 is the portable information terminal device according to claim 86,
An object image by the zoom lens is formed on the light receiving surface of the image sensor.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention described in claim 88 is the portable information terminal device according to claim 87, wherein
The diagonal dimension of the image sensor is 9 mm or less, and the number of pixels is 3 million pixels or more.

A lens driving device according to an 89th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 35th to 40th aspects, wherein the photographic optical system is directed from the object side to the image side. A first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power in the order, and the second lens group and the third lens. Having an aperture stop between the group and
In zoom lenses in which the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is increased and the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is decreased upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end,
The ratio between the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: fw and the maximum image height: Y ′ max : Y ′ max / fw is the condition:
(1) 0.70 <Y ' max / f w <1.00
In the range of
The second lens group includes, from the object side to the image side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature on the image side, and a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side. It is characterized by including a zoom lens which is configured by arranging three negative lenses facing the lens.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 90 is the lens driving device according to claim 89,
As a photographing optical system, the image side surface of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group is an aspherical surface having a shape in which the negative refractive power decreases as the distance from the optical axis increases.
The refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , and the aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
(2) 0.0010 <(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) / Y ' max <0.0500
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to the present invention as set forth in claim 91 is the lens barrel according to claim 90, wherein the object side surface of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group is used as a photographing optical system. Aspheric,
Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group: N 2O , Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , closest to the object side of the second lens group Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the aspheric surface: X 2O (H 0.8 ), Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
(3) -0.0500 <{(N 2O −1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ′ max <0.1500
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 92 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 91,
As a photographic optical system, the refractive index and Abbe number of the i-th lens material counted from the object side in the second lens group are N 2i and ν 2i (i = 1 to 3):
(4) 1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
(5) 1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
(6) 1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to a 93th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 89th to 92nd aspects,
As a photographic optical system, the three lenses constituting the second lens group are, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature facing the image side, and an object A negative lens having a concave surface having a large curvature on the side, and includes a zoom lens in which the positive lens and the negative lens on the image side are cemented.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 94 is the lens driving device according to claim 93,
As a photographing optical system, the curvature radius of the cemented surface of the positive lens and the negative lens in the second lens group: R 2C and the maximum image height:
Ratio with Y ′ max : R 2C / Y ′ max is the condition:
(7) -3.5 <(R 2C / Y ' max ) <-1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 95 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 94,
As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the first lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
The distance between the first and second lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 12W , the distance between the first and second lens groups at the telephoto end: D 12T, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
(8) 0.50 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.85
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 96 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 95,
As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the third lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
The distance between the second and third lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 23W , the distance between the second and third lens groups at the telephoto end: D 23T , and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
(9) 0.25 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.65
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to a 97th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 89th to 96th aspects,
As a photographic optical system, the focal length of the second lens group: f 2 and the focal length of the third lens group: f 3 are the conditions:
(10) 0.5 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
A lens driving device according to a 98th aspect of the present invention is the lens driving device according to any one of the 89th to 97th aspects,
As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group; f 1 , the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W , the condition
(11) 6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
It includes a zoom lens that satisfies the above.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 99 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 98,
The photographic optical system includes a zoom lens including a first lens group to a third lens group.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 100 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 98,
As a photographing optical system, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power is disposed on the image side of the third lens group,
When zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group increases.
The zoom lens is characterized in that at least the first lens group and the third lens group include a zoom lens that moves toward the object side so that the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group becomes small.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 101 is the lens driving device according to claim 100,
As a photographing optical system, the fourth lens group includes a zoom lens that does not move during zooming.

A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 102 is the lens driving device according to claim 100,
The photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the fourth lens unit is displaced toward the image side upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end.
A lens driving device according to the invention described in claim 103 is the lens barrel according to any one of claims 89 to 102,
The zoom optical system includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. .
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 104 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 103,
The photographic optical system includes a zoom lens in which the aperture diameter of the aperture stop is constant regardless of zooming.
A lens driving device according to the present invention described in claim 105 is the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 103,
The photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the aperture diameter of the aperture stop changes depending on the magnification, and the aperture diameter at the long focal end is set larger than the aperture diameter at the short focus end.

According to a 106th aspect of the present invention, there is provided a portable information terminal device including the lens driving device according to any one of the 89th to 105th aspects as a photographing optical system.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention described in claim 107 is the portable information terminal device according to claim 106,
An object image by the zoom lens is formed on the light receiving surface of the image sensor.
A portable information terminal device according to the present invention described in claim 108 is the portable information terminal device according to claim 107,
The diagonal dimension of the image sensor is 9 mm or less, and the number of pixels is 3 million pixels or more.
A camera according to a 109th aspect includes an optical system using the lens driving device according to any one of the 89th to 105th aspects as an imaging optical system.

According to the present invention, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the optical axis direction when the lens is housed, and to reduce the size in the plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and hence the size of the imaging device. A lens barrel, a lens driving device that moves a plurality of lenses, a camera that uses the lens barrel or lens driving device, and a portable information terminal device that uses the lens barrel or lens driving device can be provided.
That is, according to the lens barrel of the first aspect of the present invention, the lens group from a retracted state in which at least a part of the plurality of lens groups each including one or more lenses is retracted to house the lens group. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving at least a part of the lens to the objective side, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, and at least one of the above In a lens barrel comprising a movable lens barrel that holds a lens holding frame inside, and a lens holding frame driving means that drives the lens holding frame,
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is located outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. Including the retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens, it is not always necessary to position all the lens groups on the same optical axis. Can be positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and the size in the direction of the optical axis of the photographic optical axis can be effectively reduced without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the optical axis of the photographic optical axis intersects perpendicularly. Is possible.
According to the lens barrel of claim 2 of the present invention, at least a part of the plurality of lens groups each including one or more lenses is retracted from a retracted state in which the lens group is accommodated. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving a part thereof toward the objective side, and includes a plurality of lens holding frames that respectively hold the plurality of lens groups for each lens group, and a lens holding that drives the lens holding frame In a lens barrel having a frame driving means, the lens holding frame positions all the lens groups on the same optical axis in the photographing state, and in the retracted state, at least one lens group is placed on the other lens group. In particular, by including a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens group so as to be retracted outside the maximum outer diameter of the lens barrel, the photographing optical axis is particularly perpendicular. Effectively the photographing optical axis direction dimension without extremely increasing the size in a plane intersecting it becomes possible to reduce.

According to the lens barrel of claim 3 of the present invention, at least a part of the plurality of lens groups each including one or more lenses is retracted from a retracted state in which the lens group is accommodated. A lens barrel that is brought into a photographing state by moving a part thereof toward the objective side, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, and at least one lens holding In a lens barrel comprising: a movable lens barrel that holds a frame therein; a fixed barrel that houses the movable lens barrel in the retracted state; and a lens holding frame driving unit that drives the lens holding frame;
The lens holding frame is
In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is formed on the wall of the fixed barrel. Including a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens so as to be retracted from the optical axis composed of the plurality of lens groups by passing through the opened opening. It is possible to effectively reduce the dimension of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane intersecting with.
According to the lens barrel of the fourth aspect of the present invention, at least a part of the plurality of lens groups each including one or more lenses is retracted from a retracted state in which the lens group is accommodated. A lens barrel that is brought into a photographing state by moving a part thereof toward the object side, and includes a plurality of lens holding frames that respectively hold the plurality of lens groups, and a movable that holds at least one of the lens holding frames therein. A lens barrel comprising a lens barrel and a lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame. In the photographing state, the lens holding frame positions all the lens groups on the same optical axis in a photographing state, and is retracted. In the state, at least one lens group of the plurality of lens groups is separated from the other lens groups in order to retract outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. By including a retractable lens holding frame that holds and moves one lens group, in particular, the size in the direction of the photographing optical axis can be effectively increased without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It can be made smaller.
According to a lens barrel of a fifth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, the retractable lens holding frame is moved back and forth in the optical axis direction during photographing. In particular, it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis without particularly deteriorating the optical performance during photographing.

According to the lens barrel of claim 6 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 5, the lens holding frame driving means moves back and forth in the direction of the optical axis and the driving source of the retracting movement of the retracting lens holding frame. By including a single retraction frame drive source that is used in common with other drive sources, it is possible to achieve space efficiency improvement and cost reduction with a simple configuration, and to effectively shoot the optical axis. The direction dimension can be reduced.
According to the lens barrel of claim 7 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 6, a retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame by the retracting frame driving source includes the retracting lens holding frame, By including a lead screw for retreating in the direction outside the optical axis and moving it back and forth in the direction of the optical axis, it is possible to realize a lower cost with a simpler configuration, and in the direction of the photographing optical axis effectively. The size can be reduced.
According to the lens barrel of claim 8 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 7, the retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens retaining frame has a cam surface for retracting the retracting lens retaining frame. By being formed integrally with the retractable lens holding frame, it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction, particularly with a simpler configuration.

According to the lens barrel of claim 9 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 8, the retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame is screwed to the lead screw and the sliding contact portion is formed. By retracting the retractable lens holding frame by sliding the sliding contact portion of the internally threaded member on a cam surface formed integrally with the retractable lens holding frame, Thus, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple and more efficient configuration.
According to the lens barrel of claim 10 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 7 or claim 8, the retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame is screwed into the lead screw and applied. A female screw member formed with a contact engagement portion, and the contact engagement portion of the female screw member engages with a contact engagement surface formed integrally with the retractable lens holding frame, thereby By moving the retractable lens holding frame in the optical axis direction, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction with a particularly efficient and simple configuration.

According to a lens barrel of an eleventh aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of the first to tenth aspects, the retractable lens holding frame is inserted on the optical axis of the other lens group. By further including means for constantly energizing the retracting lens, the retractable lens holding frame can be stably moved in the optical axis direction with a simpler and more efficient structure, and in the photographing optical axis direction. The size can be reduced.
According to a lens barrel of a twelfth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of the first to eleventh aspects, the retractable lens holding frame is along the optical axis direction of the other lens group. By further including means for constantly energizing in the retracting direction, it is possible to eliminate backlash in the optical axis direction of the retractable lens holding frame and reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction, particularly with a simpler and more efficient configuration. It becomes possible.
According to the lens barrel of claim 13 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of claims 1 to 12, the retractable lens holding frame is inserted on the optical axis of the other lens group. By including a common single compression torsion spring that is always urged in the direction to be retracted and always urged in the retracted direction along the optical axis direction, in particular, an even more efficient and simple configuration and low cost. It is possible to realize a stable operation of the retractable lens while reducing the size and the space, and to reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction.

According to a lens barrel of a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of the first to thirteenth aspects, further comprising a main guide member, wherein the retractable lens holding frame is the main guide member. By rotating around the optical axis, the other lens group can be retracted from the optical axis and inserted into the optical axis. The size can be reduced.
According to the lens barrel of the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of the fourteenth aspect, a sub-guide member is further provided, and a frame stopper portion provided integrally with the retractable lens holding frame is the sub-guide member. When the retractable lens holding frame defines the optical axis position, the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction can be reduced particularly with a simple configuration that is easy to manufacture.
According to the lens barrel of the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of the fourteenth or fifteenth aspect, the sub-guide member is further provided, and the frame stopper portion provided integrally with the retractable lens holding frame is provided. The retractable lens holding frame advances and retreats along the optical axis direction while coming into contact with the sub guide member, so that the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction can be reduced particularly with a simple configuration that is easier to manufacture. It becomes possible.

According to the lens barrel of claim 17 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of claims 1 to 16, the lens barrel is provided with a position detection device and held by the retractable lens holding frame in the lens barrel. In order for the lens barrel of the group on the object side of the retracted lens group to be retracted and retracted from the predetermined position, the operation from the position detecting device is particularly required, and the operation is further safe and With a simple configuration, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction.
According to the lens barrel of claim 18 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 17, the position detecting device is a photo interrupter, and is provided integrally with a fixed frame, and the retractable lens holding member is provided. By providing the frame with a light shielding piece for controlling the photo interrupter, it is possible to reduce the size in the photographic optical axis direction with a reliable operation, particularly with a simple configuration.
According to the lens barrel of the nineteenth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of the sixteenth aspect, the in-focus position side of the lens located at the rearmost end of the retractable lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame. Since the frame stopper portion is provided on the photographic optical axis, it is possible to further reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a particularly efficient and simple configuration.

According to the lens barrel of the twentieth aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of the fifteenth or sixteenth aspect, the sub guide member is disposed on the inner side of the innermost inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. In particular, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple configuration with better space efficiency.
According to the lens barrel of claim 21 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 15 or 16, further comprising a shutter mechanism portion having an outer shape in which a relief shape is formed in a substantially circular part, and Since the sub guide member is installed in the relief shape portion of the shutter mechanism, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis, particularly with a simple configuration with better space efficiency.
According to the lens barrel of claim 22 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 21, the other lens group includes a focusing lens group including one or more lenses for focus adjustment. The barrel further includes a sub-guide member for guiding a lens holding frame that holds the focusing lens group, and the sub-guide member is installed at a relief shape position of the shutter mechanism portion, in particular, Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction with a simple configuration with good space efficiency.

According to the lens barrel of claim 23 of the present invention, when placed in the camera, a finder mechanism is further installed on one side corresponding to the upper outside of the fixed barrel,
A drive source and a transmission mechanism for moving the movable lens barrel between the retracted state and the state moved to the objective side are installed on the other side of the fixed barrel,
By storing the retractable lens holding frame below the fixed lens barrel in the retracted state of the movable lens barrel, it is possible to increase the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect each other vertically. It is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction.

According to the lens barrel of claim 24 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 23, the retractable lens holding frame has a length in the optical axis direction that is longer than any of the lens holding frames of the other lens groups. By satisfying at least one of the conditions that the optical axis direction length of the lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame is longer than any of the lens groups of the other lens group, In addition, it is possible to further reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis with a simple and efficient configuration.
According to the lens barrel of claim 25 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 23 or claim 24, the outer diameter of the retractable lens holding frame is greater than any of the lens holding frames of the other lens groups. In particular, it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the direction of the photographing optical axis without increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly.
According to a lens barrel of claim 26 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 13, provided with a plurality of lens holding frames for holding the plurality of lens groups for each lens group, and capable of moving forward and backward. A movable lens barrel for holding the lens holding frame therein; a lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame using the movable lens barrel; and a fixed barrel provided at a fixed position. And the fixed lens barrel is provided with a stepped shape on the surface against which the compression torsion spring for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame is provided. Thus, it is possible to reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction.

According to the lens barrel of claim 27 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of claims 4, 5, and 23 to 25, the movable lens barrel is extended. A detector for detecting, and the detector generates a signal in the vicinity of the maximum extension position of the movable lens barrel and after the movable lens barrel reaches the maximum extension position, In particular, it is possible to shift from the retracted state to the wide-angle state at a high speed with a simple configuration that is easier to manufacture.
According to the lens barrel of the twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention, at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted and at least a part of the lens group is moved to the objective side from the retracted state in which the lens group is accommodated. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by performing at least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group, a movable lens barrel that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward and holds the lens holding frame inside, A lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame using the movable lens barrel; and a fixed barrel provided with a fixed position, and a helicoid thread on the inner periphery of the fixed barrel. The subject-side end surface of the helicoid thread forms a surface perpendicular to the optical axis, so that the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction can be reduced particularly with a more reliable and simple configuration.

According to the lens barrel of claim 29 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 28, the lens holding frame positions all the lens groups on the same optical axis in the photographing state, and in the retracted state. In particular, by including a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens so that at least one lens of the lens group is retracted outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. It is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without increasing the size in the plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly.
According to the lens barrel of claim 30 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 14, the main guide member serving as the rotation center of the retractable lens holding frame is disposed outside the outer diameter of the fixed barrel. As a result, the dimension in the direction of the photographic optical axis can be reduced with a simple configuration that is even more efficient.
According to a lens barrel of a thirty-first aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel according to the third or fourth aspect, the anti-collision member rotatably installed on the fixed barrel and the anti-collision member Urging means for always urging to the optical axis side, and at least a part of the collision preventing member is located in the fixed barrel when the retractable lens holding frame is not in the retracted state. When the retractable lens holding frame moves to the retracted state, it moves to the outside of the fixed barrel, and in particular, the operation is safer and simpler, and the size in the photographic optical axis direction is reduced. Is possible.

  According to the lens barrel of the thirty-second aspect of the present invention, at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted and at least a part of the lens group is moved to the objective side from the retracted state in which the lens group is accommodated. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by performing at least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group, a movable lens barrel that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward and holds the lens holding frame inside, Lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame, a focusing lens group composed of one or more lenses for focus adjustment, and a focusing lens holding frame that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward and holds the focusing lens group A driving source for driving the focusing lens holding frame, and an urging means for urging the focusing lens holding frame substantially parallel to the optical axis and toward the subject side. The final movement to the retracted position where the focusing lens holding frame is positioned closest to the image plane side is performed by pressing with the movable lens barrel, and in particular, the operation is further safe and simple, It is possible to reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction.

According to the camera of the thirty-third aspect of the present invention, the optical system using the lens barrel of any one of the first to thirty-second aspects is included as the photographing optical system, and in particular, the photographing optical axis is increased. It is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane that intersects perpendicularly.
According to a portable information terminal device of a thirty-fourth aspect of the present invention, the lens mirror according to any one of the first to thirty-second aspects includes a camera function section and the photographing optical system of the camera function section. By including the optical system using the barrel, it is possible to effectively reduce the size in the direction of the photographic optical axis without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly.
According to the lens driving device of claim 35 of the present invention, in the lens driving device that achieves a zooming function by moving the plurality of lens groups in the lens barrel along the optical axis, the plurality of lens groups includes: By including a plurality of variable magnification lens groups responsible for the variable magnification function and driving the multiple variable magnification lens groups responsible for the variable magnification function by a plurality of motors, in particular, in a plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly It is possible to effectively drive and control the lens barrel that can effectively reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size.

According to a lens driving device of a thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device of the thirty-fifth aspect, the plurality of variable magnification lens groups include a first lens group and a second lens group, and these variable magnifications. In particular, the lens driving means for driving and controlling the lens group includes means for driving the first lens group with a DC (direct current) motor and means for driving the second lens group with a pulse motor. Realizing high-speed zoom operation and high-precision position control, and effectively reducing the dimension in the optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It becomes possible to drive and control the lens barrel to be enabled more efficiently.
According to a lens driving device of claim 37 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of claim 36, the lens driving means stops the first lens group when stopping the variable magnification lens group. And means for determining the stop position of the second lens group on the basis of the stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped, and the determined second lens group Means for stopping the second lens group at the stop position, and in particular, the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction can be effectively increased without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It becomes possible to efficiently and accurately drive and control the lens barrel that can be made small.

According to a lens driving device of a thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device according to the thirty-sixth or thirty-seventh aspect, the first lens group when the lens driving unit stops the variable power lens group. And means for stopping the second lens group; means for determining the stop position of the second lens group based on the stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped; And means for correcting the stop position of the second lens group by moving the second lens group again to the stop position determined by the second lens group and stopping the second lens group. It is possible to efficiently and more accurately drive and control a lens barrel capable of effectively reducing the size in the photographing optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the optical axes intersect perpendicularly. It becomes possible.
According to the lens driving device of claim 39 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of any one of claims 36 to 38, the first lens group and the second lens group are substantially at the time of zooming. The first lens group moves in the same direction, and the first lens group is located closer to the telephoto side in the movement from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position than the second lens group, and the lens driving means moves from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position. When moving the second lens group at a speed higher than that of the first lens group, the first lens group and the second lens group are changed upon zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position. Means for stopping the driving of the second lens group until the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is equal to or greater than a predetermined distance when the distance between the lens groups is less than the predetermined distance; By including To efficiently and reliably drive and control a lens barrel that can effectively reduce the dimension in the photographing optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographing optical axes intersect perpendicularly. Is possible.

According to the lens driving device of claim 40 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of any one of claims 36 to 39, the first lens group and the second lens group are substantially at the time of zooming. The first lens group moves in the same direction, and the first lens group is located closer to the telephoto side in the movement from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position than the second lens group, and the lens driving means is moved from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position. When moving the second lens group at a higher speed than the first lens group, the first lens group and the second lens group are moved when changing the zoom from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position. Means for stopping the driving of the second lens group until the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group reaches a predetermined distance when the distance between the lens groups exceeds a predetermined distance; Especially by shooting It is possible to efficiently and more reliably drive control the lens barrel that can effectively reduce the size in the direction of the optical axis of the photographing without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the axes intersect perpendicularly. It becomes.
According to the camera of claim 41 of the present invention, since the lens driving device according to any one of claims 35 to 40 is used as the driving device for the photographing optical system, the photographing optical axis is particularly vertical. Therefore, it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical system intersects, and to drive and control the photographic optical system efficiently and reliably.
According to the portable information terminal device of claim 42 of the present invention, any one of claims 35 to 40 having a camera function section and a driving device for a photographing optical system of the camera function section. By using this lens driving device, it is possible to effectively reduce the dimension in the photographic optical axis direction without significantly increasing the size in the plane where the photographic optical axes intersect perpendicularly, and to further improve the photographic optical system. It becomes possible to control the drive efficiently and reliably.

According to the zoom lens included in the lens barrel of claims 43 to 62 of the present invention, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, The third lens group having a positive refractive power and the fourth lens group having a positive refractive power are sequentially arranged from the object side, and accompanying zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In the zoom lens in which the first lens group and the third lens group move monotonously toward the object side, it is possible to sufficiently cover a normal photographing region while ensuring a sufficient wide angle of view at the wide angle end. It is possible to provide a zoom lens that has a zoom ratio and is small and has high resolution, and a lens unit, a camera, and a portable information terminal device that use such a zoom lens.
That is, according to the zoom lens included in the lens barrel of claim 43 of the present invention, from the object side, the first lens group having a positive refractive power and the second lens group having a negative refractive power in order, A third lens group having positive refracting power and a fourth lens group having positive refracting power are arranged, and the first lens group and the fourth lens group have a variable power from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In the zoom lens in which the third lens unit moves monotonously toward the object side, the zoom lens from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens unit holds the position fixedly, and the fourth lens unit The telephoto end moves to be closer to the image side than the wide-angle end, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T.
Conditional expression:
0.60 <m4T <0.85
In particular, in a limited space, the half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more and a sufficient wide angle of view is obtained, and the zoom ratio is 4.5 or more. It is possible to obtain a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor that is small and has 3 to 5 million pixels or more.

According to the lens barrel of claim 44 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 43, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end. The imaging magnification of m4W is
Conditional expression:
1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct each aberration more favorably and obtain high performance particularly with respect to the change in the magnification of the fourth lens group accompanying zooming.
According to the lens barrel of claim 45 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 43 or claim 44, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is set. X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T ,
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to provide a lens barrel that is suitable for further miniaturization and particularly suitable for reduction in diameter.

According to a lens barrel of claim 46 of the present invention, the lens barrel of any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein the third lens barrel is changed upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. the total amount of movement of the lens groups X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
Conditional expression:
0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance, particularly with respect to the movement amount of the third lens group.
According to a lens barrel of a 47th aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of the 43rd to 46th aspects, the focal length of the second lens group is f 2 , the focal length of the third lens unit as f 3,
Conditional expression:
0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
In particular, by including a zoom lens satisfying the above, it becomes possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to a lens barrel of a 48th aspect of the present invention, in the lens barrel of any one of the 43rd to 47th aspects, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the wide angle end. Let f W be the focal length of the entire system at
Conditional expression:
6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
In particular, by including a zoom lens satisfying the above, it becomes possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to the lens barrel of claim 49 of the present invention, in order from the object side, the first lens group having a positive refractive power, the second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a positive aperture A third lens group having refracting power and a fourth lens group having negative refracting power are disposed, and the first lens group and the third lens group are changed with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In the zoom lens in which the lens group moves monotonously toward the object side, the second lens group holds its position fixedly during zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and the fourth lens group holds the telephoto end. , The total movement amount of the first lens unit accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T. As
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
In particular, by using a zoom lens that satisfies the above-described conditions, a half-angle of view at the wide-angle end of 38 degrees or more is obtained using a configuration slightly different from that of claim 43, and at least 4.5 times greater. In addition, a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor having a zoom ratio of 3 to 5 million pixels or more can be obtained.
According to a lens barrel of claim 50 of the present invention, the lens barrel of any one of claims 43 to 49, wherein the aperture stop moves independently of an adjacent lens group. In addition, the zoom lens includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is the widest at the wide-angle end and the narrowest at the telephoto end. It can be.

  According to the lens barrel of claim 51 of the present invention, it is the lens barrel of any one of claims 43 to 50, wherein the second lens group sequentially images from the object side. It consists of three lenses that are sequentially arranged: a negative lens with a large curvature surface on the side, a positive lens with a large curvature surface on the image side, and a negative lens with a large curvature surface on the object side By including the zoom lens having the configuration, particularly, it is possible to correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to a lens barrel of claim 52 of the present invention, in the lens barrel of claim 51, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , In the two lens groups, the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side is ν 2i ,
Conditional expression:
1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
In particular, by including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
Furthermore, according to the lens unit of claim 53 of the present invention, an optical system including a zoom lens included in the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 52, and the optical system In particular, by providing a mechanism that supports each optical element and that moves each optical element at least for each lens group, a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, having a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more at the wide-angle end is obtained. In addition, high performance is achieved by using a zoom lens having another configuration that has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, is small, and has a resolution corresponding to an image sensor with 3 to 5 million pixels or more. Can be obtained.

According to the camera of Claim 54 of the present invention, the lens barrel according to any one of Claims 43 to 52 is included as the photographing optical system, particularly at the wide-angle end. A half field angle of 38 degrees or more provides a sufficiently wide field angle, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, and a resolution that is compatible with small image sensors with 3 to 5 million pixels. It is possible to obtain a high image quality with a small size and high resolution by using a zoom lens that can be used.
According to the portable information terminal device of claim 55 of the present invention, by including the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 52 as the photographing optical system of the camera function unit, The half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more, and a sufficient wide angle of view is obtained. It also has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, and is small and compatible with image sensors with 3 to 5 million pixels or more. By using a zoom lens that can have a resolving power, it is possible to obtain a small image quality with high resolving power.
That is, according to the zoom lens included in the lens driving device of claim 56 of the present invention, from the object side, the first lens group having a positive refractive power and the second lens group having a negative refractive power in order, A third lens group having positive refracting power and a fourth lens group having positive refracting power are arranged, and the first lens group and the fourth lens group have a variable power from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In the zoom lens in which the third lens unit moves monotonously toward the object side, the zoom lens from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens unit holds the position fixedly, and the fourth lens unit The telephoto end moves to be closer to the image side than the wide-angle end, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T.
Conditional expression:
0.60 <m4T <0.85
In particular, in a limited space, the half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more and a sufficient wide angle of view is obtained, and the zoom ratio is 4.5 or more. It is possible to obtain a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor that is small and has 3 to 5 million pixels or more.

According to the lens driving device of claim 57 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of claim 56, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end. The imaging magnification of m4W is
Conditional expression:
1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct each aberration more favorably and obtain high performance particularly with respect to the change in the magnification of the fourth lens group accompanying zooming.
According to the lens driving device of claim 58 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of claim 56 or 57, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying the zooming from the wide angle end to the telephoto end is obtained. X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T ,
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to provide a lens barrel that is suitable for further miniaturization and particularly suitable for reduction in diameter.

According to a lens driving device of a 59th aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 58th aspects, a third zooming operation from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is performed. the total amount of movement of the lens groups X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
Conditional expression:
0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
By including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance, particularly with respect to the movement amount of the third lens group.
According to a lens driving device of a 60th aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 59th aspects, the focal length of the second lens group is f 2 , the focal length of the third lens unit as f 3,
Conditional expression:
0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
In particular, by including a zoom lens satisfying the above, it becomes possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to a lens driving device of claim 61 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of any one of claims 56 to 60, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the wide angle end. Let f W be the focal length of the entire system at
Conditional expression:
6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
In particular, by including a zoom lens satisfying the above, it becomes possible to correct each aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to the lens driving device of claim 62 of the present invention, in order from the object side, the first lens group having a positive refractive power, the second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a positive aperture A third lens group having refracting power and a fourth lens group having negative refracting power are disposed, and the first lens group and the third lens group are changed with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In the zoom lens in which the lens group moves monotonously toward the object side, the second lens group holds its position fixedly during zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and the fourth lens group holds the telephoto end. , The total movement amount of the first lens unit accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T. As
Conditional expression:
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
In particular, by including a zoom lens that satisfies the above-mentioned conditions, a half-angle of view at a wide angle end of 38 degrees or more is obtained using a configuration slightly different from that of claim 56, and at least 4.5 times greater. In addition, a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor having a zoom ratio of 3 to 5 million pixels or more can be obtained.
According to a lens driving device of a 63rd aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 62nd aspects, the aperture stop moves independently of an adjacent lens group. In addition, the zoom lens includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is the widest at the wide-angle end and the narrowest at the telephoto end. It can be.

  According to a lens driving device of a 64th aspect of the present invention, in the lens driving device according to any one of the 56th to 63rd aspects, the second lens group sequentially images from the object side. It consists of three lenses that are sequentially arranged: a negative lens with a large curvature surface on the side, a positive lens with a large curvature surface on the image side, and a negative lens with a large curvature surface on the object side By including the zoom lens having the configuration, particularly, it is possible to correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.

According to a lens driving device of claim 65 of the present invention, in the lens driving device of claim 64, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , In the two lens groups, the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side is ν 2i ,
Conditional expression:
1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
In particular, by including a zoom lens that satisfies the above, it is possible to correct chromatic aberration more satisfactorily and obtain high performance.
Furthermore, according to the lens unit of claim 66 of the present invention, an optical system including a zoom lens included in the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 65, and the optical system In particular, by providing a mechanism that supports each optical element and that moves each optical element at least for each lens group, a sufficiently wide angle of view, in particular, having a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more at the wide-angle end is obtained. In addition, high performance is achieved by using a zoom lens having another configuration that has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, is small, and has a resolution corresponding to an image sensor with 3 to 5 million pixels or more. Can be obtained.

According to the camera of claim 67 of the present invention, including the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 65 as the photographing optical system, in particular, at the wide-angle end. A half field angle of 38 degrees or more provides a sufficiently wide field angle, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, and a resolution that is compatible with small image sensors with 3 to 5 million pixels. It is possible to obtain a high image quality with a small size and high resolution by using a zoom lens that can be used.
According to the portable information terminal device of claim 68 of the present invention, by including the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 65 as a photographing optical system of the camera function unit, in particular, The half angle of view at the wide-angle end is 38 degrees or more, and a sufficient wide angle of view is obtained. It also has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, and is small and compatible with image sensors with 3 to 5 million pixels or more. By using a zoom lens that can have a resolving power, it is possible to obtain a small image quality with high resolving power.

  The zoom lens included in the lens barrel according to the invention of claims 69 to 85 and the lens driving device according to the invention of claims 89 to 105 has a half angle of view of 35 degrees or more at the wide angle end. Although it has a sufficiently wide angle of view, it has a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, is small, and has a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 3 to 5 million pixels. Therefore, by using such a zoom lens as a photographing optical system, a portable information terminal device or camera according to claims 86 to 88 and claims 86 to 109 having a good photographing function is provided. Can be realized. Of course, the zoom lens of the present invention exhibits good performance even when used in a silver salt still camera or the like.

Hereinafter, based on an embodiment of the present invention, a lens barrel according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
1 to 16 and FIG. 20 show the configuration and various operating states of the main part of the optical system apparatus including the lens barrel according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the configuration of the lens barrel portion in the retracted storage state in which the lens group is retracted and stored, viewed from the object side, and FIG. 2 shows the configuration of the main part in the state of FIG. FIG. 3 is a perspective view, FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the configuration of the optical system apparatus including the lens barrel and the lens barrier in the retracted state where the lens barrier is closed, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the configuration of the lens unit viewed from the image plane side, and FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the main part of the lens barrel part and the lens barrier part in a state where the lens barrier opened in the shooting state in which the lens group is projected FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the configuration viewed from the imaging plane side, and FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the configuration of the main part of the lens barrel portion in the shooting state in which the lens group is projected. Third lens holding frame for holding three lens groups and collision FIG. 8 is a perspective view of the arrangement configuration of the third lens holding frame, the collision preventing piece, and the fourth lens holding frame portion in the retracted state of the lens group, as viewed from the object side. In order to explain the operation of the third lens holding frame and the collision prevention piece for holding the lens group, the arrangement configuration of the third lens holding frame, the collision prevention piece and the fourth lens holding frame portion in the shooting state in which the lens group is projected It is the perspective view seen from the side.

  FIG. 9 shows the lens groups in the lens barrel in which the lens group protrudes (a) in the telephoto position state and in the retracted state in which the lens group is retracted, and (b) in the wide-angle position state in which the lens group protrudes. FIG. 10 is a developed view schematically showing the shape of the cam groove formed in the second rotating cylinder, and FIG. 11 is formed in the cam cylinder. FIG. 12 is a developed view schematically showing the shape of the cam groove, FIG. 12 is a developed view schematically showing the shape of the cam groove and the key groove formed in the first liner and omitting the helicoid. FIG. 13A is a developed view schematically showing the shape of the cam groove and key groove formed in the fixed barrel and omitting the helicoid, and FIG. 13B includes the helicoid. Detailed view, FIG. 13 (c) shows the first fitting to the helicoid FIG. 14A is a side view showing the configuration of the third lens holding frame and its driving operation system, FIG. 14B is its perspective view, and FIG. 15 is the third lens holding. FIG. 16A is a front view of the third lens holding frame portion as viewed from the object side in order to explain the operation of the third lens holding frame, and FIG. b) is a perspective view of a shutter portion. Furthermore, FIG. 20A is a perspective view specifically showing the configuration of the main part of the fourth lens holding frame and its driving operation system, and FIG. 20B is a part of which is omitted and the angle is changed. FIG.

  1 to 16 and FIG. 20, the optical system apparatus including the lens barrel includes a first lens group 11, a second lens group 12, a third lens group 13, a fourth lens group 14, a shutter / aperture unit 15, Solid-state imaging device 16, first lens holding frame 17, cover glass 18, low-pass filter 19, fixed barrel 21 a, first rotary barrel 22, first liner 23, second rotary barrel 24, second liner 25 , Cam cylinder 26, rectilinear cylinder 27, third lens holding frame 31, third group main guide shaft 32, third group sub guide shaft 33, third group lead screw 34, third group female screw member 35, and impact prevention piece 36. , Compression torsion spring 37, third group photo interrupter 38 [FIG. 14 (b), FIG. 16 (a)], fourth lens holding frame 41, fourth group sub guide shaft 42, fourth group spring 43 (FIG. 7, Fig. 8), 4th Main guide shaft 44, fourth group lead screw 45, fourth group female screw member 46, fourth group photo interrupter 47, zoom motor 51 (FIG. 1), third group motor 52, fourth group motor 53, barrier control piece 61 A lens barrier 62, a barrier drive system 63, gears 71, 72, 73, 74, a pressing plate 81, and a lens barrel base 82.

The shooting state will be described with reference to FIG. 9. The first lens group 11, the second lens group 12, the third lens group 13, and the fourth lens group 14 are sequentially arranged from the object side, and the second lens. A shutter / aperture unit 15 is inserted and disposed between the group 12 and the third lens group 13, and a solid-state imaging configured using a CCD (charge coupled device) or the like on the image plane side of the fourth lens group 14. Element 16 is arranged. The first lens group 11 to the fourth lens group 14 constitute a zoom lens having a variable focal length. The first lens group 11 is composed of one or more lenses, and is fixedly held on the rectilinear cylinder 27 via a first lens holding frame 17 that integrally holds the first lens group 11.
The second lens group 12 is composed of one or more lenses, and a cam follower formed on a second lens holding frame (not clearly shown) that integrally holds the second lens group 12 is shown in FIG. The cam cylinder 26 is inserted into a cam groove for the second lens group, and is engaged with a rectilinear groove 25a of the second liner 25, and is supported by the cam cylinder 26 and the second liner 25. The shutter / aperture unit 15 includes a shutter and an aperture stop. A cam follower formed integrally with the shutter / aperture unit 15 is inserted into the shutter / aperture cam groove of the cam cylinder 26 shown in FIG. The liner 25 is engaged with the rectilinear groove 25 a and is supported by the cam cylinder 26 and the second liner 25.

As shown in FIGS. 13 (a) and 13 (b), a straight advance groove and a cam groove along the axial direction are formed on the inner surface of the fixed barrel 21a of the fixed frame 21, and the helicoid cam groove As shown in FIG. 13C, a helicoid cam follower formed on the outer peripheral surface of the base end portion of the first rotating cylinder 22 is engaged with the straight advance groove of the fixed barrel 21a of the fixed frame 21. Is engaged with a key portion formed on the outer periphery of the base end portion of the first liner 23. A guide groove is formed along the surface orthogonal to the optical axis on the inner surface of the first rotating cylinder 22, and a follower that is a linear guide member protruding from the outer peripheral surface in the vicinity of the base end portion of the first liner 23. (Or key) is engaged. A linear groove and a helicoid are formed along the optical axis direction on the inner surface of the first liner 23, and the first liner 23 is projected on the outer peripheral surface in the vicinity of the base end portion of the second rotating cylinder 24. An escape groove for inserting the cam follower is formed.
A helicoid is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the base end portion of the second rotating cylinder 24, and is screwed into the helicoid provided on the inner periphery of the first liner 23, and the base end portion of the second rotating cylinder 24 A cam follower projecting on the outer peripheral surface in the vicinity engages with a linear groove provided on the inner periphery of the first rotating cylinder 22 through the relief groove of the cam follower of the first liner 23. A key portion protruding from the outer periphery of the base end portion of the second liner 25 is engaged with the linear groove provided on the inner periphery of the first liner 23. A guide groove along a surface orthogonal to the optical axis is formed on the inner surface of the second rotating cylinder 24, and a follower (or key) that is a linear guide member protruding from the outer peripheral surface of the second liner 25. Is engaged. With such a configuration, the second liner 25 moves integrally with the second rotating cylinder 24 with respect to the movement in the optical axis direction, but the second rotating cylinder relatively moves with respect to the second liner 25. Reference numeral 24 denotes a rotational movement.
Note that the shape of the fixed barrel 21a is not necessarily limited to a cylindrical shape. For example, the fixed barrel 21a is formed by connecting (planting) at least three columnar beams to the fixed frame 21. The structure which can hold | maintain the one fixed cylinder 22 on the inner side surrounded by the beam may be sufficient, and such a form also includes the concept of a cylinder.

The cam cylinder 26 fitted to the inner periphery of the second liner 25 has a locking projection projected on the outer periphery of the base end part fitted and locked to the base end part of the second rotary cylinder 24, so that the second It is designed to rotate integrally with the rotary cylinder 24. A guide groove along a surface perpendicular to the optical axis is formed on the inner surface of the second liner 25, and a follower (or key) which is a straight guide member protruding from the outer peripheral surface (front side) of the cam cylinder 26. Is engaged. With such a configuration, the cam cylinder 26 moves integrally with the second liner 25 with respect to the movement in the optical axis direction, but the cam cylinder 26 can relatively rotate with respect to the second liner 25. It is like that.
The rectilinear cylinder 27 is inserted between the second rotary cylinder 24 and the second liner 25 on the base end side, and a cam follower is provided on the outer peripheral surface near the base end of the rectilinear cylinder 27. The cam follower engages with a cam groove formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second rotating cylinder 24, and a rectilinear groove is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the rectilinear cylinder 27 along the axial direction. The key part of the outer peripheral surface of the liner 25 is engaged. A gear portion is formed on the outer periphery of the base end portion of the first rotating cylinder 22, and the driving force of the zoom motor 51 is appropriately transmitted through the gear and rotated, whereby the first lens group 11, The two lens group 12 and the shutter / aperture unit 15 perform a zooming operation in a predetermined manner.

Note that the cam groove of the second rotating cylinder 24 that engages with the cam follower of the rectilinear cylinder 27 is shown in FIG. The cam groove of the cam cylinder 26 that engages with the cam follower of the lens holding frame of the second lens group 12 and the cam groove of the cam cylinder 26 that engages with the cam follower of the shutter / aperture unit 15 are shown in FIG. FIG. 12 shows the relief groove of the cam follower cam of the second rotating cylinder 24 of the first liner 23 and the linear groove of the first liner 23 that engages with the key portion of the second liner 25. 13 shows a rectilinear groove of the fixed barrel 21a that engages with the key portion of the first liner 23 of the fixed frame 21, and a cam groove of the fixed barrel 21a that engages with the cam follower of the first rotating barrel 22. Has been.
That is, the rotating cylinder 22 that is generally closest to the outermost fixed barrel 21a is screwed into the fixed barrel 21a by a helicoid, and the helicoid moves at a constant speed from its shape. For this reason, in the wide-angle position during which it is gradually driven from the retracted retracted state to the telephoto position via the wide-angle position, it is common that the rotary cylinder is drawn out about halfway. On the other hand, in the above-described configuration, the first rotating cylinder 22 is engaged not with the fixed lens barrel 21a of the fixed frame 21 but with a helicoid-shaped cam groove instead of simply being screwed into the helicoid, and is housed. 1 to the wide angle position, the first rotary cylinder 22 is fully extended to the maximum extension position, and thereafter the object side end of the cam groove is parallel to the end surface of the fixed barrel 21a as shown in FIG. In the drive from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position, the first rotating cylinder 22 rotates at a fixed position without moving the rotating cylinder in the optical axis direction.

When the first rotating cylinder 22 moves from the retracted state to the wide-angle position, the first rotating cylinder 22 is first rotated to the object side while rotating and reaches the maximum extension position. Alternatively, a zoom position reference signal is generated by a zoom position detector including a leaf switch or the like. Therefore, when this zoom position reference signal is generated, it can be considered that the first rotary cylinder 22 has reached the maximum extended position, so that the retractable lens holding frame, that is, the third lens holding frame 31 in this example, is lighted. An approach operation can be started in the axial direction.
Accordingly, the first lens barrel 22 and the first liner 23, which are the lens barrels close to the fixed lens barrel 21a at the early stage of the extension operation, are fully extended, thereby the third lens holding frame 31 to be described later is provided. A space for insertion on the optical axis is secured in advance.
As will be described later, the zoom position reference signal is generated as soon as the first rotating cylinder 22 reaches the maximum extension position, and the third lens holding frame 31 enters the position immediately after a space for insertion is secured. Thus, it is possible to minimize the time required for shifting from the retracted state to the wide-angle state such as when the power is turned on.

The third lens group 13 is held by the third lens holding frame 31. The third lens holding frame 31 holds the third lens group 13 at one end, and the other end can be rotated by a third group main guide shaft 32 substantially parallel to the optical axis of the third lens group 13. The third group main guide shaft 32 is supported so as to be slidable. The third lens holding frame 31 has a position on the optical axis where the third lens group 13 is inserted on the optical axis in the photographing state as shown in FIG. 8, and the third lens group 13 in the retracted state as shown in FIG. Is rotated about the third group main guide shaft 32 between the fixed position and the storage position retracted to the outside from the fixed barrel 21a. In the vicinity of the third lens group 13 on the rotation end side of the third lens holding frame 31, the position in the direction parallel to the main guide shaft on the rotation axis side and the support portion side of the third lens group 13 in this case. Different crank-shaped bent portions are formed, and a stopper 31a (FIG. 15) and a light-shielding piece 31b project from the bent portion substantially in the direction of the rotation end.
In order to increase the focal length on the telephoto side in terms of optical performance, the position of the third lens group 13 at the time of telephoto is a position extended to the subject side. However, the movable amount of the third lens holding frame 31 is determined by the restriction of the length in the optical axis direction of the lens barrel in the retracted state. The telephoto side focal length can be made as large as possible by setting the lens holding position of the third lens holding frame 31 closest to the subject. However, if the position of the stopper 31a in the optical axis direction is set at substantially the same position as that of the third lens group 13, the third group sub-guide shaft 33 becomes longer and the retracted lens barrel becomes larger. End up. Accordingly, the stopper 31a needs to be installed on the in-focus position side as much as possible. Therefore, the third lens holding frame 31 is formed in a shape having a crank-shaped bent portion. The third lens holding frame 31 may be composed of two parts. In this case, one is a member provided with the crank-shaped bent portion, and the other holds the third lens group 13. It is a member for doing. These two parts are fixed to each other and operate as if they were integrated.
The third lens group 13 passes through an opening provided in the wall portion of the fixed barrel 21a when retracting from the fixed barrel 21a to the outside. In this case, the opening is provided in the fixed barrel 21a. However, when the fixed barrel 21a is constituted by beams as described above, the space formed between the beams is also the present invention. It corresponds to the opening in Further, when no wall is formed in a space obtained by extending the cylindrical wall of the fixed barrel 21a to the image plane side, the space corresponds to the opening in the present invention.
Note that the third lens holding frame 31 does not necessarily have to be completely retracted from the fixed frame 21 to the outside in the storage position where the third lens group 13 is retracted.

  As shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, when the third lens holding frame 31 is in the retracted position, the female screw member 35 screwed into the third group lead screw 34 is positioned closest to the image plane side. Yes. Further, in this state, with the compression torsion spring 37 being most charged, a moment in the clockwise direction (direction of entering the optical axis) as viewed from the front of the lens barrel is always applied to the third lens holding frame. On the cylindrical outer peripheral surface of the portion of the third lens holding frame 31 supported by the main guide shaft 32, a cam sloped cam portion is formed on the inner surface of the base end side of the step portion 31c as shown in FIG. 31e is formed. From this state, when the third group motor 52 is rotated in the clockwise direction when viewed from the mirror front, the lead screw 34 is rotated in the clockwise direction through the gear mechanism including the gears 71 to 74, and the female screw member 35 is moved in the optical axis direction. Move toward the subject. At this time, the third lens holding frame 31 is rotated clockwise by the moment force from the compression torsion spring 37, and the cam portion 31 e is in contact with the contact portion 35 a of the female screw member 35. Thereafter, when the female screw member 35 moves to the most object side, the light shielding piece 31b of the third lens holding frame 31 moves until it is disengaged from the photo interrupter 38 as the position detecting device of the third group. ) To H (high level). The position of the third lens group 13 is controlled by pulse counting with reference to the reference signal from the photo interrupter 38.

  When the female screw member 35 is moved from this state to the position B in FIG. 14, the third lens holding frame 31 is further rotated in the clockwise direction, and the stopper 31a is moved to the third position as shown in FIGS. By contacting the group sub guide shaft 33, the position on the optical axis of the third lens holding frame 31 is defined. This completes the approaching operation in the optical axis direction. It should be noted that the light shielding piece 31b can detect and confirm that it is in the storage position by shielding the photo interrupter 38 shown in FIG. When the female screw member 35 moves to the position B in FIG. 14A, the contact portion 35 a of the female screw member 35 contacts and engages with the front side engaging portion 31 d of the step portion 31 c of the third lens holding frame 31. That is, the step portion 31c of the third lens holding frame 31 has a cam portion 31e having a cam slope shape on the base end side, and forms a plane that intersects the third group main guide shaft 32 substantially perpendicularly on the front end side. The front engaging portion 31d has a concave shape with respect to the cylindrical peripheral surface. The third lens holding frame 31 is always urged in the rotational direction from the storage position toward the position on the optical axis by a compression torsion spring 37 disposed around the third group main guide shaft 32 and is On the third group main guide shaft 32, it is always urged in the direction from the object side toward the holding plate 81 on the image plane side.

As shown in FIG. 14 (b), the portion of the fixed frame 21 that is pressed by the compression torsion spring 37 is formed with a step 37a with a recess near the portion where the compression torsion spring 37 abuts as shown in the figure. The position of the compression torsion spring 37 in this portion is regulated. That is, the center position of the compression torsion spring 37 does not deviate greatly from the center of the third group main guide shaft 32.
Next, when the female screw member 35 moves to the wide-angle position (W position in FIG. 14A), the contact portion 35a of the female screw member 35 presses the front engagement portion 31d. Can move to the subject side along the optical axis direction to the wide-angle position.
Further, while the female screw member 35 is located between the B position in FIG. 14A and the telephoto position (T position in FIG. 14A), the compression torsion spring 37 causes the optical screw direction along the optical axis direction. Since the pressure is constantly pressed toward the image plane side, all the gaps generated between the third group lead screw 34 and the female screw member 35 and the holding plate 81 are all moved toward the image plane side. The holding frame 31 can secure the positional accuracy in the optical axis direction.

The female screw member 35 is screwed into the third group lead screw 34 disposed substantially parallel to the optical axis, and the front engagement portion 31d or the cam in the step portion 31c of the third lens holding frame 31 described above. In addition to the contact portion 35a that contacts the portion 31e, as a rotation stop for preventing the female screw member 35 from rotating as the third group lead screw 34 rotates, An anti-rotation protrusion 35b that fits and slides in the formed guide groove parallel to the optical axis direction is formed (FIG. 15). That is, the female screw member 35 moves forward and backward along the optical axis by the rotation of the third group lead screw 34 because the rotation preventing projection 35b is fitted in the guide groove of the fixed frame 21 and is prevented from rotating. It is.
As shown in detail in FIG. 14A, when the female screw member 35 moves further to the image plane side (the left side in the drawing) than the position B in FIG. 14A, the step portion 31 c of the third lens holding frame 31. The third lens holding frame 31 is in contact with the holding plate 81 by the urging of the compression torsion spring 37 in the optical axis direction, and the compression torsion spring 37 is attached in the clockwise direction. Since the third lens holding frame 31 is rotated counterclockwise against the force, the retracting operation can be performed.

On the other hand, during the reverse rotation (counterclockwise rotation) of the third group lead screw 34, while the female screw member 35 moves from the telephoto position T to the retreat start position B through the wide angle position W, the contact portion 35a of the female screw member 35 is obtained. Is in contact with the front engagement portion 31d of the step portion 31c of the third lens holding frame 31 at the engagement contact surface, and the urging force of the compression torsion spring 37 to the position on the optical axis and the image surface side The third lens holding frame 31 gradually moves from the object side to the image plane side while maintaining the position on the optical axis restricted by the third group sub-guide shaft 33 by the urging force. When the female screw member 35 reaches the retraction start position B, the base end surface 31f of the third lens holding frame 31 comes into contact with the pressing plate 81, the female screw member 35 is separated from the front engaging portion 31d, and the cam of the step portion 31c. It contacts the part 31e.
While the female screw member 35 moves from the retraction start position B to the storage position S, the other contact portion 35c of the female screw member 35 is in sliding contact with the cam portion 31e of the step portion 31c of the third lens holding frame 31. By rotating the three-lens holding frame 31 against the rotation biasing force of the compression torsion spring 37, the third lens holding frame 31 is rotated from the position on the optical axis to the storage position. The storage position S of the third lens holding frame 31 is a position moved to the image plane side by a predetermined pulse count number from the generation of the storage reference signal by the photo interrupter 38 that changes from H to L. After the third lens holding frame 31 has moved to the storage position S, the first lens group 11, the second lens group 12, and the shutter / aperture unit 15 are allowed to move to the retracted storage position.

In this example, in the storing operation, the fourth lens holding frame 41 first moves to the storing position before the third lens holding frame 31 moves to the storing position. The first storage position of the fourth lens holding frame 41 is predetermined from the generation of the storage reference signal of the fourth lens holding frame 41 that changes from H to L generated by the fourth group reference detector (fourth group photo interrupter 47). Is the position moved to the image plane side by the number of pulse counts. After the first storing operation of the fourth group lens holding frame 41 is completed, the storing operation of the third lens holding frame 31 is permitted.
That is, the internal screw member 35 moves to the image plane side by a predetermined pulse count number from the generation of the storage reference signal that changes from H to L according to the photo interrupter 38 [FIG. Is completed. After completion of the storage, the first rotary cylinder 22 is retracted, or the components located inward of the first rotary cylinder 22 and the first liner 23, that is, in front of their base end faces, When the third lens holding frame 31 is retracted from the position immediately before the third lens holding frame 31 is contacted, the interference with the third lens holding frame 31 is eliminated. It is possible to safely retract the first rotary cylinder 22 and the like. In the zoom motor 51 configured using a general DC (direct current) motor, the position of the first rotary cylinder 22 and the like is close to the pinion gear having an encoder shape fixed directly to the output shaft of the zoom motor 51. It is possible to set by the count of drive pulses generated by a zoom count detector comprising, for example, a photo interrupter 51a. Here, the drive source for moving the first rotary cylinder 22 is a DC motor, and detection of the drive position is achieved by a detector using an encoder and a photo interrupter. It is clear that a similar function can be achieved even if it is replaced with.

  By the way, the collision preventing piece 36 is rotatably supported by the fixed frame 21 in the vicinity of the third group main guide shaft 32 as shown in FIGS. It is always urged by a spring or the like in a rotating direction for projecting 36a to the photographing optical axis position side. When the third lens holding frame 31 is located at the storage position, the collision preventing piece 36 is pushed out by the third lens holding frame 31 having a rotational force equal to or greater than its own urging force, and from the third lens holding frame 31. Is also biased outward (see in particular FIGS. 2 and 7). When the third lens holding frame 31 rotates and moves to the position on the optical axis, the collision preventing piece 36 is disengaged from the third lens holding frame 31, and the locking projection 36a is photographed by the urging force. The locking projection 36a is protruded from the fixed barrel 21a of the fixed frame 21 by rotating in the direction of protruding toward the optical axis side. At this time, the second rotating cylinder 24, the second liner 25, the cam cylinder 26, and the rectilinear cylinder 27, including the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23, all come from the protruding position of the locking protrusion 36a. Is also located on the object side, the locking projection 36a protrudes inwardly from the outer peripheral edges of the proximal ends of the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23 (particularly FIGS. 5, 6 and 8). reference).

By doing so, even if the first rotating cylinder 22 is forcibly rotated manually and moved to the storage position side, the collision preventing piece first contacts the first rotating cylinder 22. Since the base end portion of the rotary cylinder 22 cannot be moved to the image plane side with respect to the position of the collision prevention piece 36 in the optical axis direction, contact with the third lens holding frame 31 can be avoided. it can. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the third lens holding frame 31 from being destroyed or damaged by a strong external force. The first rotating cylinder 22 can move to the storage position only after the third lens holding frame 31 has been normally moved to the storage position.
Therefore, when a large pressure is applied to the front end side of the lens barrel due to dropping or the like in a shooting state in which the lens barrel protrudes, the collision preventing piece 36 is locked to the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23. The projection 36a is engaged, and the third lens group beyond the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23 (and the second rotating cylinder 24, the second liner 25, the cam cylinder 26, and the rectilinear cylinder 27). The backward movement toward the side 13 is prevented, and the third lens holding frame 31 and the third lens group 13 are prevented from being damaged.
The third group lead screw 34 is rotationally driven in both forward and reverse directions by the third group motor 52. The rotation of the third group motor 52 is transmitted to the third group lead screw 34 through the gear 71, the gear 72, the gear 73, and the gear 74 in order.

Next, the drive configuration of the fourth lens group 14 will be described. In addition to FIGS. 7 and 8, the description will be given mainly with reference to FIGS. 20A and 20B which are perspective views showing the fourth group drive system.
In this case, the fourth lens group 14 used as a focus lens for focusing, that is, focusing, is held by a fourth lens holding frame 41 as shown in FIGS. The fourth lens holding frame 41 is fixed to the lens barrel base 82 and is fitted to the fourth group main guide shaft 44 arranged parallel to the optical axis. The fourth lens holding frame 41 is parallel to the optical axis and parallel to the optical axis. And a rotation stop portion 41 b that restricts the rotation of the fourth lens holding frame 41. With such a configuration, the fourth lens holding frame 41 can freely move along the fourth group main guide shaft 44, that is, along the optical axis direction. As a drive source for driving the fourth lens holding frame 41, a fourth group motor 53 consisting of a stepping motor is provided in this case, and a fourth group lead screw 45 is provided on the output shaft of the fourth group motor 53. Is formed. The fourth group lead screw 45 is screwed with a fourth group female screw member 46 in which a female screw is formed.

The fourth lens holding frame 41 has a space for inserting the fourth group female screw member 46. This space is formed on the image side with an engaging portion 41c that engages with the fourth group female screw member 46 on a plane perpendicular to the optical axis, and the fourth lens holding frame 41 is subject to the subject by the fourth group spring 43. By urging to the side, the fourth lens holding frame 41 is always in contact with and engaged with the fourth group female screw member 46. The fourth group female screw member 46 has a projecting portion 46a projecting in the radial direction, and this projecting portion 46a is provided on one side of the space where the fourth group female screw member 46 of the fourth lens holding frame 41 is inserted. By engaging with the hole 41d, the function of preventing the rotation of the fourth group female screw member 46 is exhibited.
Thus, when the fourth group motor 53, which is a stepping motor, is driven to rotate, the fourth group lead screw 45 rotates, and the fourth group female screw member 46 moves in the direction of the fourth group lead screw 45, that is, the light. It moves forward and backward along the axial direction. Since the fourth lens holding frame 41 is engaged with the fourth group female screw member 46, the fourth lens holding frame 41 moves along the optical axis following the movement of the fourth group female screw member 46. . At this time, the fourth group lead screw 45 is formed on the output shaft of the fourth group motor 53. However, the fourth group motor 53 and the fourth group lead screw 45 are separately configured and connected by a gear or the like. By doing so, the fourth group lead screw 45 may be rotated so as to transmit the rotation.

The fourth lens holding frame 41 is formed with a light shielding piece 41e that shields the optical path of the fourth group photo interrupter 47 provided on the lens barrel base 82, and the fourth group lens holding frame 41 is moved to a predetermined position. Thus, the optical path of the fourth group photo interrupter 47 can be shielded / transmitted. In this case, the moment when the fourth lens holding frame 41 is moved to the light-transmitting state due to the movement of the fourth lens holding frame 41 is recognized as the reference position, and the pulse waveform is energized by an arbitrary number of pulses from that position. The fourth lens holding frame 41 can be moved to a desired position by rotating the group motor 53.
The outer periphery of the fourth lens holding frame 41 is formed with a recess 41f for avoiding interference by escaping the light interrupting piece 31b for the photo interrupter of the third lens holding frame 31 in the optical axis direction. The amount of movement of the fourth lens holding frame 41 can be increased, and the photographing distance range that can be focused can be widened. As described above, the engagement structure between the fourth lens holding frame 41 and the fourth group female screw member 46 has play in the optical axis direction, but the fourth lens holding frame 41 is moved by the fourth group spring 43. By always urging the subject side, the fourth lens holding frame 41 can control the position in the optical axis direction with high accuracy.

  The storage position of the first rotating cylinder 22, the first liner 23, the first lens group 11, the second lens group 12, and the shutter / aperture unit 15 is a zoom made of a photo reflector or the like installed on the fixed frame 21. Control is performed based on a zoom position reference signal generated by the position detector. That is, after the zoom position storage reference signal changes from H to L, the image signal moves to the image plane side by a predetermined number of drive pulses generated by a pinion gear functioning as an encoder and a zoom count detector installed in the vicinity thereof. It is possible to complete the storing operation. At the time of storage, the fourth lens holding frame 41 is located at the first storage position as described above. However, when the first rotary cylinder 22 moves to the storage position, the first rotary cylinder 22 is moved. Alternatively, the most proximal end surface of the first liner 23 comes into contact with and presses the fourth lens holding frame 41 and is finally moved to the second storage position of the fourth lens holding frame 41. By such an operation, the fourth lens holding frame 41 is accurately moved to the storage position without requiring complicated adjustment even if the mounting position of the fourth group photointerrupter 47 in the optical axis direction varies. It becomes possible. Such an effect can be achieved because the length of the engagement space provided in the fourth lens holding frame 41 in the optical axis direction is larger than the thickness of the fourth group female screw member 46.

The zoom motor 51 for moving the first lens group 11, the second lens group 12, and the shutter / aperture unit 15 is configured using a DC motor in this case, and a third motor for driving the third lens group 13. The fourth group motor 53 for driving the group motor 52 and the fourth lens group 14 is generally configured using a pulse motor, and is driven in cooperation with each other in terms of software, for example. The appropriate zooming operation by the lens groups 11 to 13 and the appropriate focusing operation by the fourth lens group 14 are achieved.
Here, drive control of each lens group constituting the lens barrel will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.
21 is a block diagram schematically showing the configuration of the drive control system, FIG. 22 is a timing chart showing a sequence when the barrier is opened in the startup sequence, and FIG. 23 is a sequence from opening the barrier to closing the barrier in the startup sequence. FIG. 24 is a timing chart showing the reset sequence. FIG. 25A is a timing chart showing the storage sequence when the barrier is closed. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the zoom sequence. 27 is a timing chart showing a zoom sequence during zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position, and FIG. 28 is a timing chart showing a zoom sequence during zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position.

21 includes a central processing unit 501, a motor driver 502, first and second group DC motors 503, a first aperture motor 504, a second aperture motor 505, a shutter motor 506, and a third group pulse. Motor 507, fourth group pulse motor 508, first to second group photo interrupters 509, first to second group photo reflectors 510, third group photo interrupters 511, fourth group photo interrupters 512, first to second groups It has a photo interrupter driving circuit 513, first to second group photo reflector driving circuits 514, a third group photo interrupter driving circuit 515, and a fourth group photo interrupter driving circuit 516.
The central processing unit 501 gives instructions to the motor driver 502 such as initial setting of the motor driver 502, selection of a driving motor, setting of driving voltage, and driving direction. In accordance with a command from the central processing unit 501, the motor driver 502 includes first to second group DC motors 503, a first aperture motor 504, a second aperture motor 505, a shutter motor 506, a third group pulse motor 507, and The motor system such as the fourth group pulse motor 508 is controlled. The first to second group DC motors 503 drive the first group lens system 11 and the second group lens system 12. In a normal case, the first group lens system 11 and the second group lens system 12 are independently driven via a cam mechanism that responds to the driving force of the first to second group DC motors 503. The first aperture motor 504 and the second aperture motor 505 drive the aperture of the shutter / aperture unit 15. The shutter motor 506 drives the shutter of the shutter / aperture unit 15. The third group pulse motor 507 drives the third group lens system 13. The fourth group pulse motor 508 drives the fourth group lens system 14.

  The central processing unit 501 also includes a first-second group photointerrupter drive circuit 513, a first-second group photoreflector drive circuit 514, a third group photointerrupter drive circuit 515, and a fourth group photointerrupter drive circuit 516. The first to second group photo interrupters 509, the first to second group photo reflectors 510, the third group photo interrupter 511, and the fourth group photo interrupter 512 as position detecting devices are supplied via The position information signals detected by the first to second group photo interrupters 509, the first to second group photo reflectors 510, the third group photo interrupter 511, and the fourth group photo interrupter 512 are acquired. The first to second group photo interrupter driving circuits 513, the first to second group photo reflector driving circuits 514, the third group photo interrupter driving circuit 515, and the fourth group photo interrupter driving circuit 516 are further divided into the first to second groups. The photointerrupter 509, the first to second group photoreflectors 510, the third group photointerrupter 511, and the fourth group photointerrupter 512 have a function of appropriately controlling the light emission currents and the output signal levels. The motor driver 502 receives a command from the central processing unit 501 and executes the command, and the first to second group DC motors 503, the first aperture motor 504, the second aperture motor 505, and the shutter motor. A designated voltage is set for a selected motor among the motor 506, the third group pulse motor 507, and the fourth group pulse motor 508, and drive control is performed according to the drive command timing.

[Startup sequence]
A drive sequence when the barrier is opened in such a startup sequence by the drive control system will be described with reference to FIG.
By opening the lens barrier 62, the barrier switch signal (barrier SW) changes from H to L, and the initial setting of the lens barrel system is started. The lens barrier 62 may be operated by mechanically opening the lens barrier 62 with an operation lever or the like, and the barrier may be operated by operating the barrier switch. The initial setting is initialization of the motor driver 502 that drives the motor system, first to second group photointerrupter drive circuits 513, first to second group photoreflector drive circuits 514, third group photointerrupter drive circuits 515, and The first to second group photo interrupters 509, the first to second group photo reflectors 510, the third group photo interrupter 511, and the fourth group photo, which are position detection devices that detect the position via the fourth group photo interrupter driving circuit 516. The interrupter 512 and the like are initialized.

The detection result by the first and second group photo interrupters 509 for detecting the position of the first and second groups is the storage position, and the detection result by the third group photo interrupter 511 for detecting the position of the third group is stored. If the detection result by the fourth group photo interrupter 512 for detecting the position of the fourth group is the storage position, the first to second group DC motors 503 are driven in the wide-angle position direction. The driving amount by the first to second group DC motors 503 is detected by the first to second group photointerrupters 509 for detecting the movement amounts of the first to second groups. The amount of movement is detected by counting the edge portions of the pulse-like signal (PI signal) by the first to second group photointerrupters 509.
In the startup period T1 immediately after the start of startup of the first to second group DC motors 503, the drive voltage is set lower than the steady voltage in order to prevent inrush current by the DC motor. After the start-up period T1 is completed, the drive voltage is increased to a steady voltage.
A barrier switch (barrier SW) monitoring period T2 is set immediately after the start of activation of the first to second group DC motors 503, and the state of the barrier switch signal is monitored by the central processing unit 501. If the barrier switch signal is in the open state during the monitoring period T2, full opening control is performed by the shutter driving shutter motor 506 to set the shutter in the fully open state. Next, intermediate diaphragm control is performed by the first and second diaphragm driving motors 504 and 505 to set the intermediate diaphragm state.
In this example, the same operation is started before the diaphragm is fully opened, so that it is set to a so-called intermediate diaphragm state, but may be set to an open diaphragm (maximum diameter diaphragm) state.

Next, the fourth lens group 14 is driven ahead by the fourth group pulse motor 508 for a predetermined period T3. By performing the preceding drive of the fourth lens group 14, the total time from the start of driving of the first and second lens groups to the completion of driving of the final fourth lens group 14 is shortened. In addition, by setting the pulse rate at the time of driving the fourth group pulse motor 508 at the time of the preceding drive to be slower than at the time of the normal drive, the torque at the time of driving becomes large, and it is possible to escape from the catching of the mechanism part. Become.
Note that the drive amount by the fourth group pulse motor 508 during the preceding drive is set to an amount that does not cause interference between the fourth lens group 14 and the third lens group 13.
When the preceding driving of the fourth lens group 14 is completed, the process waits for the reference position to be detected by the first and second group photo reflectors 510. The position where the reference position signal (HP signal) from the first to second group photo reflectors 510 has changed from H to L becomes the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. When the reference positions (HP positions) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are detected, the position information of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is reset. Based on this position, the movement amount to the wide-angle position (Wide) is controlled by counting the pulse-like signal (PI signal) from the first to second group photointerrupters 509 to control the movement amount of the first and second lens groups. I do. The wide-angle position is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.

The specified pulse period before reaching the wide-angle position is a stop control period, and the drive voltage is lowered according to the number of remaining pulses up to the wide-angle position to reduce overrun when reaching the wide-angle position. When the PI signal from the first to second group photointerrupters 509 is counted and the wide angle position is reached, brake control is performed to stop driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The overrun amount during the braking period is also counted, and the final positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are determined.
When the reference positions (HP positions) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are detected, driving of the third group pulse motor 507 in the wide-angle direction is started, and the third lens group 13 and the first to first lens groups 13 to 12 are started. Parallel control with the two lens groups 11 to 12 is performed. The driving time of the third lens group 13 is shortened by setting the pulse rate at the time of driving the third group pulse motor to be higher (faster) than at the time of normal driving.
The third lens group 13 side waits for the reference position detection by the third group photo interrupter 511. The position where the reference position signal (HP signal) by the third group photo interrupter 511 changes from L to H becomes the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13. When the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected, the position information of the third lens group 13 is reset. Using this position as a reference, the third group pulse motor 507 drives the amount of movement up to the wide-angle position. The wide-angle position is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.

The final stop position of the third lens group 13 is a position that takes into account the overrun of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. That is, since the stop position of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is the wide angle position + the overrun amount, the stop position of the third lens group 13 also exceeds the overrun of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The wide angle position considered is + α. The value of α is obtained by linear calculation from, for example, the number of pulses between zoom positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the overrun amount, and the number of pulses between zoom positions of the third lens group 13. It is done. The zoom position is one section of the sections obtained by dividing the wide angle to the telephoto (between WT) into 16 equal parts.
When the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is completed and the third lens group 13 is driven and the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and driven more than the specified number of pulses, Driving of the fourth group pulse motor 508 in the wide angle infinite position direction is started. When the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is not completed, or when the third lens group 13 is not driven more than a predetermined pulse from the reference position, the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are used. Until the third lens group 13 is driven from the reference position by a predetermined pulse or more. If the fourth group pulse motor 508 is driven in a state where the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is not completed, the three motors are driven simultaneously, resulting in an increase in current consumption. Therefore, in this example, only the third lens group 13 and the fourth lens group 14 are driven simultaneously. Further, if the fourth lens group 14 is driven before the position of the third lens group 13 reaches a position equal to or greater than the specified number of pulses from the reference position, interference between the third lens group 13 and the fourth lens group 14 occurs. Therefore, after the specified number of pulses, the driving of the fourth lens group 14 is started.

The fourth lens group 14 side waits for detection of the reference position by the fourth group photo interrupter 512. In addition, the current consumption is reduced by setting the driving voltage when driving the fourth group pulse motor 508 to be lower than that during normal driving. The position where the reference position signal (HP signal) by the fourth group photo interrupter 512 changes from L to H becomes the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14. When the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected, the position information of the fourth lens group 14 is reset. The fourth group pulse motor 508 drives the amount of movement up to the wide angle infinite position with reference to this position. The wide-angle infinite position is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.
As described above and shown in the timing chart of FIG. 22, in this example, the simultaneous drive motor is limited to two motors, thereby reducing the current consumption and reducing the startup time by optimal driving. ing.
Next, the case where the barrier switch signal changes to the closed state during the barrier switch monitoring period T2 immediately after the start of the activation of the first to second group DC motors 503 will be described with reference to FIG. If the barrier switch signal changes from the open state to the closed state during this period T2, the driving of the first to second group DC motors 503 is stopped. Thereafter, the reverse drive of the first to second group DC motors 503 is started by the amount that the barrier switch signal has moved within the time from the open state to the closed state, or by the specified number of pulses, and the return drive is performed. The drive voltage during the return drive is set to a low voltage so that destruction or breakage does not occur even when the operating unit collides with the storage end. Such return drive control makes it possible to prevent interference with the barrier.

[Reset sequence]
Further, the detection result by the first to second group photo reflectors 510 is not the storage position (reference position (HP) signal = L), or the detection result by the third group photo interrupter 511 is not the storage position (reference position (HP)). If the signal detected by the fourth group photo interrupter 512 is not the storage position (reference position (HP) signal = H), reset sequence driving is performed. Such a reset sequence will be described with reference to FIG. 24A is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the reset sequence in each situation, and FIG. 24B is a timing chart of the reset sequence.

<When 1-2 Group HP Signal = H, 3rd Group HP Signal = L, 4th Group HP Signal = L>
First, as a reset operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is detected and moved to the wide angle position (1-2 group: Reset). . Next, as the storing operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to the storing position (fourth group: storage). Next, as a reset operation of the third lens group 13, a reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to a wide angle position (third group: Reset). Finally, as a reset operation of the fourth lens group 14, a reference position (HP signal) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to a wide angle infinite position (fourth group: Reset).

<When 1-2 Group HP Signal = H, 3rd Group HP Signal = L, 4th Group HP Signal = H>
First, as the retracting operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven in the telephoto direction (Tele), and the specified pulse is driven after the falling edge of the reference signal is detected (1- Group 2: evacuation). Next, as the storing operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to the storing position (fourth group: storage). Next, as a reset operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is detected and moved to the wide angle position (1-2 group: Reset). Next, as a reset operation of the third lens group 13, a reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to a wide angle position (third group: Reset). Finally, as a reset operation of the fourth lens group 14, a reference position (HP signal) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to a wide angle infinite position (fourth group: Reset).

<When Group 1-2 HP Signal = H, Group 3 HP Signal = H, Group 4 HP Signal = L When Group 1-2 HP Signal = H, Group 3 HP Signal = H, Group 4 HP Signal = H>
First, as a retracting operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven in the telephoto direction, and a specified pulse is driven after the falling edge of the reference signal is detected (1-2 group: Evacuation). Next, as the storing operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to the storing position (fourth group: storage). If the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 can be detected, the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to the storage position as the storage operation of the third lens group 13. (Group 3: storage). When the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 cannot be detected, it is assumed that the fourth lens group 14 interferes with the third lens group 13, and therefore the storage operation of the third lens group 13 is performed first (Group 3: storage). ). When the storage operation of the third lens group 13 is completed, the storage operation of the fourth lens group 14 is continued (fourth group: storage). If the HP position cannot be detected during the retracting operation of the third lens group 13, it is assumed that the interference with the fourth lens group 14 occurs. Therefore, as the retracting operation of the third lens group 13, the third lens group 13 is moved in the telephoto direction. Drive the specified number of pulses (Group 3: evacuation). Thereafter, the storage operation of the fourth lens group 14 (fourth group: storage) and the storage operation of the third lens group 13 are performed (third group: storage). Next, as the reset operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is detected and moved to the wide angle position (1-2 group). : Reset). Next, as a reset operation of the third lens group 13, a reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to a wide angle position (third group: Reset). Finally, as the reset operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP signal) of the fourth group is detected and moved to the wide angle infinite position (fourth group: Reset).

<When Group 1-2 HP Signal = L, Group 3 HP Signal = L, Group 4 HP Signal = L When Group 1-2 HP Signal = L, Group 3 HP Signal = L, Group 4 HP Signal = H>
First, as the storing operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to the storing position (fourth group: storage). Next, as the storage operation of the third lens group 13, the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to the storage position (third group: storage). Next, as a reset operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is detected and moved to the wide angle position (1-2 group: Reset). Next, as the reset operation of the third lens group 13, the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to the wide-angle position (third group: Reset). Finally, as a reset operation of the fourth lens group 14, a reference position (HP signal) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to a wide angle infinite position (fourth group: Reset).

<When Group 1-2 HP Signal = L, Group 3 HP Signal = H, Group 4 HP Signal = L When Group 1-2 HP Signal = L, Group 3 HP Signal = H, Group 4 HP Signal = H>
First, as the storing operation of the fourth lens group 14, the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to the storing position (fourth group: storage). When the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 can be detected, the reference position (HP position) of the third group is detected and moved to the storage position as the storage operation of the third lens group 13 ( Group 3: storage).
When the reference position (HP position) of the fourth lens group 14 cannot be detected, it is assumed that the fourth lens group 14 interferes with the third lens group 13, and therefore the storage operation of the third group is performed first (third group: storage). When the storage operation of the third lens group 13 is completed, the storage operation of the fourth lens group 14 is continued (fourth group: storage).
If the HP position cannot be detected during the retracting operation of the third lens group 13, it is assumed that the interference with the fourth lens group 14 occurs. Therefore, as the retracting operation of the third lens group 13, the third lens group 13 is moved in the telephoto direction. Drive the specified number of pulses (Group 3: evacuation). Thereafter, the storage operation of the fourth lens group 14 (fourth group: storage) and the storage operation of the third lens group 13 are performed (third group: storage).

  Next, as a reset operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the reference position (HP position) of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is detected and moved to the wide angle position. (1-2 Group: Reset) Next, as the reset operation of the third lens group 13, the reference position (HP position) of the third lens group 13 is detected and moved to the wide angle position (3rd group: Reset). Finally, as a reset operation of the fourth lens group 14, a reference position (HP signal) of the fourth lens group 14 is detected and moved to a wide angle infinite position (fourth group: Reset).

[Storage sequence]
By closing the lens barrier 62, the barrier switch signal changes from L to H, and the storing operation is started. As described above, the lens barrier 62 may be operated by mechanically closing the lens barrier with an operation lever or the like. However, the lens barrier 62 is closed by operating the barrier switch. There is also.
The shutter motor 506 controls the shutter to be fully closed, and sets the shutter of the shutter / aperture unit 15 to the fully closed state. Next, intermediate diaphragm control is performed by the first and second diaphragm driving motors 504 and 505, and the diaphragm of the shutter / diaphragm unit 15 is set to the intermediate diaphragm state. Next, the fourth lens group 14 is housed and driven by the fourth group pulse motor 508. The fourth group pulse motor 508 starts to be driven in the storage position direction, and the fourth group photo interrupter 512 waits for the reference position detection.
The fourth position photo interrupter 512 is pulse-driven by the storage position movement amount from the position where the reference position signal (HP signal) changes from H to L to the storage position. The storage position movement amount is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.

Next, the third lens group 13 is housed and driven by the third group pulse motor 507. The third group pulse motor 507 starts to drive in the storage position direction, and the third group photo interrupter 511 waits for the reference position detection.
The third position photo interrupter 511 is pulse-driven by the storage position movement amount from the position where the reference position signal (HP signal) from H to L changes to the storage position. The storage position movement amount is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.
Further, the drive pulse rate of the third group pulse motor 507 from the reference position to the storage position is set lower than the drive pulse rate to the reference position. Thus, smooth pulse driving is realized by changing the pulse rate in accordance with the region where torque is required.
Next, the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are housed and driven by the first to second group DC motors 503. The first to second group DC motors 503 are started to drive in the storage position direction, and the reference position detection by the first to second group photo reflectors 510 is awaited. The amount of movement of the storage position from the location where the reference position signal (HP signal) by the first to second group photoreflectors 510 has changed from L to H to the storage position is represented by a pulse-like signal by the first to second group photointerrupters 509 ( The movement amount control of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is performed by counting the (PI signal). The storage position movement amount is set in advance, but can be changed by storing it in a nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM and rewriting it.
When the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are housed and driven, the PI signal from the first and second group photointerrupters 509 is counted without dropping the voltage before stopping, and the storage position is reached. The brake control is performed to stop driving the first and second lens groups 11 to 12. This is to reduce the midway stop caused by dropping the voltage.

[Variation sequence]
Next, the zooming operation sequence will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
When the zooming process is started by operating the zoom lever or the zoom button, it is first determined whether or not the fourth lens group 14 needs to be retracted (step S11). It is assumed that the determination in step S11 requires a retraction process when zooming from telephoto to wide-angle and the fourth lens group 14 is located closer to the predetermined position. Next, the magnification driving direction is determined (step S12). In the case of zooming from wide angle to telephoto, the first to second group DC motors 503 are operated to start driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 (step S13).
Next, it is determined whether or not to stop the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 (step S14). The determination in step S14 is that the zoom drive switch that is activated by the zooming operation via the zoom lever or the zoom button is turned off or reaches a position that is a predetermined amount from the telephoto position when driving from wide angle to telephoto. The first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped when any of the conditions of a predetermined amount from the wide angle position is reached during driving from the telephoto to the wide angle. .

When the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped, it is determined whether or not the third lens group 13 is being driven (step S15). The first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped (step S16), and the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are braked (step S17). Next, the zoom drive direction is determined (step S18). If the zoom is from wide angle to telephoto, position correction drive of the third lens group 13 is performed (step S19), and aperture drive is performed. (Step S20), the process ends (returns to the operation standby state).
If it is determined in step S11 that the fourth lens group 14 needs to be retracted, the fourth lens group 14 is retracted (step S21), and the process proceeds to step S12. If it is determined in step S12 that the zooming drive direction is zooming from telephoto to wide angle, the third lens group 13 is retracted (step S22), and the process proceeds to step S14.

  If it is determined in step S14 that the driving is continued without stopping the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, it is determined whether or not the third lens group 13 is being driven ( Step S23) When the third lens group 13 is stopped, it is determined whether or not driving of the third lens group 13 is started (step S24). In step S24, the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven after the start of driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 or more than a specified driving amount, or the first time at the time of driving from wide angle to telephoto. The third lens group 13 is in a driving state by restarting driving, and the position of the third lens group 13 is the first to second lens group 11 when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 pass a predetermined zoom point. A predetermined zoom that the third lens group 13 is in a driving state by resuming the driving when the third lens group 13 is more than a predetermined amount away from the position -12 or is driven from the telephoto to the wide angle, and the first to second lens groups 11-12 are determined in advance. When the position of the third lens group 13 is closer to the position of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 than a predetermined amount when the point passes, the third lens group 13 is driven when any of the conditions is met. Allowed too To. When the driving of the third lens group 13 is permitted in step S24, the driving of the third lens group 13 is started (step S25), and the process returns to step S14. If the driving of the third lens group 13 is not permitted in step S24, the process directly returns to step S14.

If it is determined in step S23 that the third lens group 13 is being driven, it is determined whether or not to stop driving the third lens group 13 (step S26). The determination in step S26 is whether the position of the third lens group 13 is closer than the predetermined amount to the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 during driving from wide angle to telephoto or when driving from telephoto to wide angle. In this case, the driving of the third lens group 13 is permitted to stop when the position of the third lens group 13 is a predetermined amount or more away from the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. Shall. In step S26, when the drive stop of the third lens group 13 is permitted, the stop operation of the third lens group 13 is started (step S27), and the process returns to step S14. In step S26, when the drive stop of the third lens group 13 is not permitted, the process returns to step S14 as it is.
If it is determined in step S15 that the third lens group 13 is being driven, a stop operation of the third lens group 13 is started (step S28), and the process proceeds to step S16. If it is determined in step S18 that the zooming driving direction is zooming from telephoto to wide angle, a backlash operation is performed (step S29), and the process proceeds to step S19.
Next, the scaling operation according to this flowchart will be specifically described for each scaling operation direction.

[From wide angle to telephoto direction]
First, the zooming operation from wide angle to telephoto will be described with reference to the timing chart shown in FIG.
By depressing the telephoto button of the zooming buttons, the telephoto switch signal changes from H to L, and the zooming sequence in the telephoto direction is started. First, the retraction determination of the 4th lens group 14 is implemented (step S11).
As described above, when the fourth lens group 14 is retracted, the fourth lens group 14 is retracted only when the following condition is satisfied simultaneously (AND condition).
・ Variable drive from telephoto to wide angle.
The fourth lens group 14 is located closer to the delivery side than the predetermined position (retraction threshold value).
However, when driving from wide angle to telephoto, the above-described condition is not satisfied, and therefore the fourth lens group 14 is not retracted.

  Next, it is determined whether or not the third lens group 13 is driven to retract according to the driving direction (step S12). In the case of zooming driving from wide angle to telephoto, the retracting driving of the third lens group 13 is not necessary. And the drive of the 1st-2nd lens groups 11-12 by the 1st-2nd group DC motor 503 is started (step S13). In the start-up period immediately after the start of start-up of the first to second group DC motors 503, the drive voltage is set lower than the steady voltage in order to prevent an inrush current due to the DC motor. After the start-up period is completed, the drive voltage is raised to a steady voltage. The driving voltage between the wide angle and the telephoto is set lower than the driving voltage between the storage and the wide angle position. This is because high speed is required between the storage and wide-angle positions, so a high voltage is set. Between wide-angle and telephoto, an appropriate voltage is applied to stop at a desired location by operating the zoom button. It is set. The movement amount control by driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is performed by counting pulse-like signals (PI signals) from the first to second group photointerrupters 509. Further, 17 zoom points are set as a reference for control by dividing the wide-angle to telephoto range into, for example, 16 equal parts.

Next, it is determined whether to stop the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 (step S14). When stopping the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, stop processing is performed when any one of the following conditions is satisfied (OR condition).
The telephoto zoom drive switch that is activated by the zooming operation via the zoom lever or the zoom button is turned off, that is, changed from L to H.
• When driving from wide angle to telephoto, the camera reached a position a predetermined amount away from the telephoto position.
In the case where the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is continuing, the drive start / stop determination is performed according to the state of the third lens group 13 (whether driving or stopping) (step S23). If the state of the third lens group 13 is stopped, it is determined whether to start driving the third lens group 13 (step S24). If permitted, the driving of the third lens group 13 is started. In the drive start determination of the third lens group 13 in step S24, the drive of the third lens group 13 is started when any one of the following conditions is satisfied.

After the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven, the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven by a specified driving amount or more.
The third lens group 13 is driven by resuming driving when driving from wide angle to telephoto, and the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 pass through a predetermined zoom point. The position is separated from the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 by a predetermined amount or more.
If the third group state is being driven, it is determined whether or not to stop driving the third lens group 13 (step S26), and if permitted, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped. . In determining whether to stop the driving of the third lens group 13, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped when the following condition is satisfied.
When driving from wide angle to telephoto, the position of the third lens group 13 is closer than the predetermined amount to the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12.
That is, when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are activated and the driving amount of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is equal to or greater than the prescribed pulse, driving of the third lens group 13 is started. If the position of the third lens group 13 approaches the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 during the simultaneous driving and approaches a predetermined amount, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped. Thereafter, when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are moved away from the third lens group 13 and separated from a predetermined amount, the driving of the third lens group 13 is resumed. The driving / stopping of the third lens group 13 is repeated according to the positional relationship between the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 and the third lens group 13. As a result, it is possible to perform variable power driving while maintaining the distance between the groups. In addition, by starting the driving of the third lens group 13 after the driving of the specified amount or more after starting, the influence of the inrush current of the first to second group DC motors 503 can be avoided, and the current consumption is reduced. Contribute to.

If the telephoto switch signal changes from L to H before the initial driving of the third lens group 13 is started, the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped without simultaneous driving of the third lens group 13. When the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are determined to be stopped, if the third lens group 13 is being driven, the third lens group 13 is stopped. Then, the stop operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is started. During the stop operation, a low speed control period is set, and the drive voltage is lowered according to the number of remaining pulses up to the target position. This reduces the amount of overrun when the target position is reached. When the PI signal from the first to second group photo interrupters 509 is counted and the target position is reached, brake control is performed to stop the driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The amount of overrun during the braking period is also counted, and the final first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are determined.
After the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped, the position of the third lens group 13 is corrected and driven. This calculates the stop position of the 3rd lens group 13 corresponding to the final stop position of the 1st-2nd lens groups 11-12, and drives to that position. From the position information for each zoom point of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 and the position information for each zoom point of the third lens group 13, the first corresponding to the stop position of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The target stop position of the three lens group 13 is interpolated. After that, aperture driving is performed to set the aperture position corresponding to the stopped zoom position (step S20).

[From telephoto to wide-angle direction]
Next, the zooming operation from telephoto to wide angle will be described with reference to the timing chart shown in FIG.
By depressing the wide-angle button among the zoom buttons, the wide-angle switch signal is changed from H to L, and the magnification changing sequence in the wide-angle direction is started. First, the retraction determination of the fourth lens group 14 is performed.
As described above, when the fourth lens group 14 is retracted, the fourth lens group 14 is retracted only when the following condition is satisfied simultaneously (AND condition).
・ Variable drive from telephoto to wide angle.
The fourth lens group 14 is located closer to the delivery side than the predetermined position (retraction threshold value).
During driving from telephoto to wide angle, when the position of the fourth lens group 14 is closer to the predetermined position, the fourth lens group 14 is driven to retract. The retracted amount is retracted to an area where no interference with the fourth lens group 14 occurs when the third lens group 13 is zoomed.

Next, the third lens group 13 is retracted. In order to prevent interference with the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 due to the start of driving of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, the third lens group 13 is driven in advance by a specified amount. Then, the first to second group DC motors 503 start driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12.
In the startup period immediately after the start of startup of the first to second group DC motors 503, the drive voltage is set lower than the steady voltage in order to prevent an inrush current by the DC motor. After the start-up period is completed, the drive voltage is raised to a steady voltage. Control of the movement amount by driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is performed by counting pulse-like signals (PI signals) from the first to second group photointerrupters 509. As described above, the zoom point to be used as a reference for control is set by dividing the wide angle to the telephoto range into, for example, 16 equal parts.
In determining whether to stop driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12, stop processing is performed when any of the following conditions is satisfied as described above.
The wide-angle zoom drive switch that is activated by the zooming operation via the zoom lever or the zoom button is turned off, that is, changed from L to H.
・ When driving from telephoto to wide angle, the camera reached a position a predetermined amount before the wide angle position.

In the case where the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are continuously driven, whether to start or stop driving is determined according to the state of the third lens group 13 (whether driving or stopping). If the state of the third lens group 13 is stopped, the drive start determination of the third lens group 13 is performed, and if the drive start is permitted, the drive of the third lens group 13 is started. In determining whether to start driving the third lens group 13, the driving of the third lens group 13 is started when any one of the following conditions is satisfied.
The first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven by a predetermined driving amount or more after the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven.
The third lens group 13 is driven by resuming driving when driving from telephoto to wide-angle, and the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 pass through a predetermined zoom point. The position is closer to the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 than a predetermined amount.
Further, if the state of the third lens group 13 is being driven, it is determined whether or not the third lens group 13 is stopped. If permitted, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped. In determining whether to stop driving the third lens group 13, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped when the following condition is satisfied.
The position of the third lens group 13 is away from the positions of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 by a predetermined amount or more during driving from telephoto to wide angle.

That is, when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are activated and the driving amount of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is equal to or greater than a specified amount, driving of the third lens group 13 is started. If the position of the third lens group 13 is away from the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 during the simultaneous driving, and is more than a specified amount, the driving of the third lens group 13 is stopped. Thereafter, when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 approach the third group and approach the specified pulse or more, the driving of the third lens group 13 is resumed. The driving / stopping of the third lens group 13 is repeated depending on the positional relationship between the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 and the third lens group 13. As a result, variable power driving is possible with the group kept. Further, by driving the third lens group 13 after a predetermined pulse or more has elapsed at the time of activation, the influence of the inrush current of the first to second group DC motors 503 can be avoided, and current consumption is reduced.
Further, in the driving of the third lens group 13 when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven, when the wide angle direction driving is originally performed, it is necessary to control the backlash for the backlash when stopping, but during zooming, In addition, the rattling control is prohibited, and the intermittent control of the third lens group 13 is made smooth.
If the wide-angle SW signal changes from L to H before the initial driving of the third lens group 13 is started, stop control of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is performed without simultaneous driving of the third lens group 13. It will be. When the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped, the stop operation is started if the third lens group 13 is being driven. Then, the stop operation of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 is started.

During the stop operation, a low speed control period is set, and the drive voltage is lowered according to the number of remaining pulses up to the target position. This reduces the amount of overrun when the target position is reached. When the PI signal from the first to second group photo interrupters 509 is counted and the target position is reached, brake control is performed to stop driving the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The amount of overrun during the braking period is also counted, and the final first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are determined.
Further, during the operation from the telephoto to the wide-angle direction, a backlash removal operation (backlash operation) for backlash removal is performed.
After the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are stopped, the position of the third lens group 13 is corrected and driven. This calculates the stop position of the 3rd lens group 13 corresponding to the final stop position of the 1st-2nd lens groups 11-12, and drives to that position. From the position information for each zoom point of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 and the position information for each zoom point of the third lens group 13, the first corresponding to the stop position of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. The target stop position of the three lens group 13 is interpolated. When driving in the wide-angle direction, play control is performed to remove play when stopped. Thereafter, aperture driving is performed to set the aperture position corresponding to the stopped zoom position.

In this example, in the zooming operation between the wide angle and the telephoto, the driving voltage of the first to second group DC motors 503 during the wide angle direction operation is higher than the drive voltage of the first to second group DC motors 503 during the telephoto direction operation. The drive voltage is set high. Also in the third group pulse motor 507, the pulse rate is set to be faster in the wide-angle direction operation than in the telephoto direction operation. Further, in order to keep the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 and the third group, the third lens group 13 is intermittently determined from the positional relationship between the first and second lens groups 11 to 12 and the third lens group 13. Realized by control. Therefore, at the time of driving in the telephoto direction, the driving speed of the third lens group 13 is set to be equal to or faster than the driving speed of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. Similarly, in the wide-angle direction driving, the driving speed of the third lens group 13 is set to be equal to or faster than the driving speed of the first to second lens groups 11 to 12. By doing so, the third lens group 13 is not separated from the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 during the telephoto operation, and the third lens group 13 is used for the first to first operation during the wide-angle operation. The second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven without being caught up.
In this embodiment, the driving resumption timing of the third lens group 13 is set to pass through a predetermined zoom point, but the first to second group photos generated when the first to second lens groups 11 to 12 are driven. It may be every time a pulse signal (PI signal) is detected by the interrupter 509 or every predetermined count of PI signals. As a result, finer intermittent control is possible, and the accuracy between groups is improved.

As shown in FIG. 9, a solid-state image pickup device 16 such as a CCD (charge coupled device) solid-state image pickup device is disposed behind the fourth lens group 14, that is, on the side far from the object. The subject image is formed on the input surface. Various optical filters such as a low-pass filter, a cover glass, and other optical elements are appropriately provided on the input surface side of the solid-state imaging device 16 as necessary.
The lens barrier 62 shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 covers the object side of the first lens group 11 in the housed state, and protects the lens group from contamination or damage. The lens barrier 62 is driven back and forth in a direction orthogonal to the photographing optical axis by a barrier driving system 63. 3 and 4 show a state in which the lens barrier 62 is closed, and FIG. 5 shows a state in which the lens barrier 62 is almost opened. The barrier drive system 63 operates the barrier operation unit (see the barrier operation unit 301 in FIG. 17A) to move the lens barrier 62 to the closed position (FIGS. 3 and 4) and the open position (from the position in FIG. 5). Further, it is driven between a position away from the photographing optical axis). The barrier drive system 63 has a function of biasing the lens barrier 62 in the closing direction at the closing position and in the opening direction at the opening position.

Therefore, if the lens barrier 62 is operated in the opening direction with the lens barrier 62 closed, the lens barrier 62 shifts to the open state semi-automatically from where the lens barrier 62 has passed a predetermined position. Further, when the lens barrier 62 is closed from the opened state, the lens barrier 62 is not necessarily the same as the predetermined position when the lens barrier 62 is opened, but a smooth operation can be expected if it has a certain degree of hysteresis characteristics. ) After that, semi-automatically moves to the closed state.
The barrier control piece 61 is provided on the side of the fixed frame 21 (on the opening position side of the lens barrier 62) so as to be slidable in the direction along the photographing optical axis, and is appropriately biased toward the object side by a spring or the like. . In the retracted state, the engagement portion formed by bending the barrier control piece 61 is engaged with the base end surfaces of the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23, and is biased toward the image surface side against the urging force. The lens barrier 62 is not touched. In the photographing state, the lens barrier 62 is completely separated from the lens groups and their holding frames. In this state, the barrier control piece 61 is disengaged from the engaging portion, biased toward the object side by the biasing force, and the barrier blocking portion at the tip projects into the forward / backward path of the lens barrier 62.

In this state, when the lens barrier 62 is rapidly operated when trying to shift to the retracted state, the lens barrier 62 may hit the lens barrel. However, the barrier blocking portion at the tip of the barrier control piece 61 is used as the lens barrier. The lens barrier 62 is prevented from entering the lens barrel portion. When each lens group is housed and in the housed state, the proximal end surfaces of the first rotating cylinder 22 and the first liner 23 are engaged with the bent engagement portions of the barrier control piece 61, and the urging force is applied. Therefore, the lens barrier 62 can be moved to the front portion of the lens barrel, and the lens barrier 62 is correctly set at the closed position. In this way, interference between the lens barrier 62 and the lens barrel portion of the lens group can be effectively prevented.
In the above description, the case where the third lens group 13 is configured to be retracted out of the optical axis has been described. In the case of the configuration of the present invention, by setting the lens group having the smallest outer diameter as the retractable lens group that retracts out of the optical axis, the lens barrel projection size when retracted can be effectively reduced. The retractable lens group is a lens group that is as far as possible from the image plane when extended, so that the drive mechanism (at least one of the length of the main shaft and the length of the lead screw) of the retractable lens group can be shortened. The thickness of the barrel can be reduced, that is, the dimension in the optical axis direction can be reduced. By setting the lens group located behind the shutter having a diaphragm function and closest to the shutter as the retractable lens group, the lens group having the smallest outer diameter and not leaving the image plane can be used as the retractable lens group. It is easy to retreat without having to consider interference with a shutter that covers a plane perpendicular to the optical axis and avoiding the position of the shutter.

  In this case, the lens configuration includes four groups of a first lens group having a positive power, a second lens group having a negative power, a third lens group having a positive power, and a fourth lens group having a positive power. The zooming is performed by changing at least the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group, and the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group, Focusing is performed by correcting the position of the image plane on the imaging plane by moving the fourth lens group. A shutter having an aperture function is positioned in front of the third lens group. By making the lens structure into a four-group structure and the third lens group as a retractable lens group, the lens group having the smallest outer diameter that is as far as possible from the image plane can be used as the retractable lens group, and the lens barrel projection size is small and the thickness is small. The lens barrel can be made thin. In addition, the third lens group having a zoom ratio of 4 times or more and a four-group lens configuration is a retractable lens group, so that a lens barrel size (projection size and thickness) is reduced while realizing a high zoom ratio. A torso can be provided. The lens configuration is a three-group lens configuration of a first lens group having a positive power, a second lens group having a negative power, and a third lens group having a positive power, and the third lens group can be used as a retracting lens group. Good. The first lens group having negative power, the second lens group having positive power, and the third lens group having positive power have a three-group lens structure, and the third lens group or the second lens group is a retractable lens. It is good as a group. Each lens group may be composed of one or more lenses, and the lens group here refers to one or more lenses that move together. Therefore, all the lens groups may be constituted by one lens.

Next, a second embodiment of the present invention in which a camera is configured by adopting an optical system apparatus including a lens barrel according to the present invention as shown in the first embodiment described above as a photographing optical system. Will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the camera as seen from the front side that is the object, that is, the subject side, and FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the camera as seen from the back side that is the photographer side. These are block diagrams which show the function structure of a camera. Although a camera is described here, a camera in which a camera function is incorporated in a portable information terminal device such as a so-called PDA (personal data assistant) or a cellular phone has recently appeared.
Many of such portable information terminal devices have substantially the same functions and configurations as the camera, although the appearance is slightly different, and the lens mirror according to the present invention is included in such a portable information terminal device. You may employ | adopt the optical system apparatus containing a pipe | tube.

As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the camera includes a photographing lens 101, a shutter button 102, a zoom lever 103, a finder 104, a strobe 105, a liquid crystal monitor 106, an operation button 107, a power switch 108, a memory card slot 109, a communication card. A slot 110 and a barrier operation unit 301 are provided. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 19, the camera also includes a light receiving element 201, a signal processing device 202, an image processing device 203, a central processing unit (CPU) 204, a semiconductor memory 205, a communication card 206, and the like. Further, although not clearly shown, each of these units is operated by being fed by a battery as a driving power source.
The camera includes a photographic lens 101 and a light receiving element 201 as an area sensor such as a CCD (charge coupled device) imaging device, and is an object to be photographed, that is, a subject formed by the photographic lens 101 that is a photographing optical system. The image is read by the light receiving element 201. As the photographing lens 101, an optical system apparatus including the lens barrel according to the present invention as described in the first embodiment is used. Specifically, the optical system apparatus is configured by using a lens or the like that is an optical element constituting the lens barrel. The lens barrel has a mechanism for holding each lens and the like so that the lens can be moved at least for each lens group. The photographing lens 101 incorporated in the camera is usually incorporated in the form of this optical system device.

  The output of the light receiving element 201 is processed by the signal processing device 202 controlled by the central processing unit 204 and converted into digital image information. The image information digitized by the signal processing device 202 is subjected to predetermined image processing in the image processing device 203 which is also controlled by the central processing unit 204 and then recorded in the semiconductor memory 205 such as a nonvolatile memory. In this case, the semiconductor memory 205 may be a memory card loaded in the memory card slot 109 or a semiconductor memory built in the camera body. The liquid crystal monitor 106 can display an image being photographed, or can display an image recorded in the semiconductor memory 205. The image recorded in the semiconductor memory 205 can also be transmitted to the outside via a communication card 206 or the like loaded in the communication card slot 110. The central processing unit 501 shown in FIG. 21 for driving control of each lens described above may be included in the central processing unit 204, and is configured using another microprocessor linked thereto. May be.

When the camera is carried, the photographing lens 101 is in a retracted state and buried in the camera body as shown in FIG. 17A, and the lens barrier 62 is closed. When the user operates the barrier operation unit 301 to open the lens barrier 62, the power is turned on, and the lens barrel is extended as shown in FIG. To do. At this time, in the lens barrel of the photographing lens 101, the optical systems of the respective groups constituting the zoom lens are disposed at, for example, a wide-angle position. By operating the zoom lever 103, the optical systems of the respective groups are disposed. Is changed, and the zooming operation to the telephoto end can be performed.
Note that it is desirable that the optical system of the finder 104 is also scaled in conjunction with the change in the angle of view of the photographing lens 101.
In many cases, focusing is performed by half-pressing the shutter button 102. Focusing in the zoom lens according to the present invention can be performed mainly by moving the fourth lens group 14. When the shutter button 102 is further pushed down to the fully depressed state, photographing is performed, and then the processing as described above is performed.

When the image recorded in the semiconductor memory 205 is displayed on the liquid crystal monitor 106 or transmitted to the outside via the communication card 206 or the like, the operation button 107 is operated in a predetermined manner. The semiconductor memory 205 and the communication card 206 are used by being loaded into dedicated or general-purpose slots such as the memory card slot 109 and the communication card slot 110, respectively.
When the photographic lens 101 is in the retracted state, the third lens group 13 is retracted from the optical axis and housed in parallel with the first lens group 11 and the second lens group 12, so that the camera Thinning can be realized.
Normally, the finder mechanism is arranged on the upper side of the lens barrel to facilitate camera operation. When the lens barrel includes a zoom magnifying mechanism, the finder mechanism also requires a zoom magnifying mechanism. Therefore, a drive source (such as a DC motor or a pulse motor) for achieving zoom zooming operation and a transmission mechanism (such as a gear coupling mechanism) for transmitting the driving force are disposed in the immediate vicinity of the finder mechanism. It is desirable. For example, when the finder mechanism is installed on the upper left side of the lens barrel, the variable power source and the transmission mechanism are installed on the upper right side of the lens barrel, so that the limited space is effectively used. Next, when retracting the retractable lens holding frame, the retractable lens holding frame is naturally installed below the lens barrel from the remaining space (the lower right side or the lower left side of the lens barrel). In this embodiment, a space for the retractable lens holding frame is installed on the lower right side of the lens barrel, and a driving source and a driving mechanism for driving the focusing lens group are arranged on the lower left side of the lens barrel. Thus, the lens barrel can be reduced in size by effectively using the upper left, upper right, lower right, and lower left corners of a normal circular lens barrel.

Next, embodiments of a zoom lens suitable for use in the lens barrel, the lens driving device, the camera, and the portable information terminal device according to the above-described embodiments will be specifically described.
Hereinafter, based on the third embodiment of the present invention, a zoom lens (hereinafter, simply referred to as “zoom lens”), a lens unit, a camera, and a mobile phone included in the lens barrel according to the present invention with reference to the drawings. The type information terminal device will be described in detail.
Next, the third embodiment defined in each of the claims of the present invention will be described in more detail.
The zoom lens according to the present invention has a positive-negative-positive-positive four-group configuration, that is, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a positive refractive power. The third lens group and the fourth lens group having a positive refractive power are sequentially arranged from the object side, and an aperture stop is arranged between the second lens group and the third lens group. Is done. A zoom lens composed of four positive-negative-positive-positive lens groups as described above is generally configured as a so-called variator in which the second lens group bears the main zooming action. However, in the zoom lens according to the present invention, the third lens group also shares the zooming action, reduces the burden on the second lens group, and corrects aberrations that become difficult with widening and high zooming. A degree of freedom is secured. Further, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the height of the light beam (distance from the optical axis) passing through the first lens group at the wide-angle end is greatly increased by moving the first lens unit toward the object side. The distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is kept large at the telephoto end to achieve a long focal length while suppressing the enlargement of the first lens group accompanying the wide angle.

Furthermore, in the zoom lens according to the present invention, consideration is given to simplifying the lens barrel configuration and ensuring the accuracy of decentration between groups by holding the second lens group at a fixed position during zooming. Of course, if aberration correction is given priority, it is advantageous to move all the lens groups. However, if this is done, the structure of the lens barrel becomes complicated and manufacturing errors are likely to occur. It is a major premise of the present invention that the second lens group is fixed during zooming.
During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the first lens group and the third lens group move monotonously toward the object side, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group increases, and the second lens and the third lens group increase. The distance from the lens group is reduced, the magnifications of the second lens group and the third lens group are both increased, and the zooming action is shared with each other.
The fourth lens group is moved so as to be positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end at the telephoto end. Due to such movement, the magnification of the fourth lens unit also increases in zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and the zooming action can be borne. Therefore, the zoom lens is effectively changed in a limited space. Can be doubled.

In addition, by satisfying the following conditional expression, it is possible to sufficiently correct aberrations while achieving the targeted wide angle and high zoom ratio (corresponding to claim 43).
0.60 <m4T <0.85
However, m4T represents the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end.
In this case, if m4T is 0.60 or less, the light beam emitted from the third lens group approaches afocal, and the third lens group cannot effectively contribute to zooming. As a result, the variable magnification burden of the second lens group increases, and it becomes difficult to correct field curvature and astigmatism that increase with a wide angle. On the other hand, if m4T is set to 0.85 or more, the fourth lens group will be too close to the image plane and the required back focus cannot be secured, or the refractive power of the fourth lens group will be too small. If the refractive power of the fourth lens group becomes too small, the exit pupil moves closer to the image plane, the light incident angle on the periphery of the light receiving element increases, and it becomes easy to cause a shortage of light in the periphery.

It is more desirable that the following conditional expression is satisfied.
0.65 <m4T <0.80
Further, it is desirable that the following conditional expression is satisfied with respect to a change in magnification of the fourth lens unit upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end (corresponding to claim 44).
1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
However, m4W represents the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the wide angle end.
In this case, if (m4T / m4W) is 1.0 or less, the fourth lens group does not contribute to zooming, and the zooming burden of the second lens group and the third lens group is increased, so It becomes difficult to balance the image plane. On the other hand, if (m4T / m4W) is set to 1.3 or more, the variable magnification burden of the fourth lens group becomes too large, and the aberration is corrected if the fourth lens group remains a simple configuration, for example, one positive lens. It becomes difficult.

It is more desirable that the following conditional expression is satisfied.
1.05 <m4T / m4W <1.2
In the present invention, the second lens group is held at a fixed position during zooming, and the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is determined only by the amount of movement of the first lens group. In this regard, it is desirable to satisfy the following conditional expression (corresponding to claim 45).
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
However, X1 represents a total amount of movement of the first lens group upon zooming to the telephoto end from the wide-angle end, f T represents the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end.

In this case, if (X1 / f T ) is 0.50 or less, the contribution of the second lens group to the zooming is reduced and the burden on the third lens group is increased, or the first lens group / second lens is increased. Whether the refractive power of the group has to be increased, in any case, various aberrations are deteriorated. Further, the total lens length at the wide-angle end is increased, and the height of the light beam passing through the first lens group is increased, resulting in an increase in size of the first lens group. On the other hand, if (X1 / f T ) is 0.85 or more, the total length at the wide-angle end will be too short, or the total length at the telephoto end will be too long. If the total length at the wide-angle end becomes too short, the moving space of the third lens group is limited, the contribution of the third lens group to zooming becomes small, and it becomes difficult to correct the entire aberration. If the total length at the telephoto end becomes too long, it will not only hinder downsizing in the full-length direction, but the radial direction will be enlarged to secure the amount of peripheral light at the telephoto end, and the lens barrel will be tilted. Degradation of image performance due to errors is also likely to occur.
It is more desirable that the following conditional expression is satisfied.
0.60 <X1 / f T <0.75
Just as the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is determined only by the movement amount of the first lens group, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is determined only by the movement amount of the third lens group. Determined. In this regard, it is desirable to satisfy the following conditional expression (corresponding to claim 46).
0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
X3 represents the total amount of movement of the third lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end.

In this case, if (X3 / f T ) is 0.25 or less, the contribution of the third lens group to the zooming is reduced, and the burden on the second lens group is increased, or the third lens group itself is refracted. In any case, it will lead to deterioration of various aberrations. On the other hand, if (X3 / f T ) is 0.45 or more, the total lens length at the wide-angle end becomes long, the height of light rays passing through the first lens group increases, and the size of the first lens group increases. .
It is more desirable that the following conditional expression is satisfied.
0.30 <X3 / f T <0.45
Regarding aberration correction, it is desirable to satisfy the following conditional expressions (corresponding to claims 47 and 48, respectively).
0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
6.0 <f 1 / f W <10.0
Where f 1 represents the focal length of the first lens group, f 2 represents the focal length of the second lens group, f 3 represents the focal length of the third lens group, and f W represents the wide angle. Represents the focal length of the entire system at the edge.

In this case, if (| f 2 | / f 3 ) is 0.6 or less, the refractive power of the second lens group becomes too strong, and if (| f 2 | / f 3 ) is 1.0 or more, The refractive power of the three lens units becomes too strong, and in any case, the aberration variation at the time of zooming tends to become large.
Further, if (f 1 / f W ) is 6.0 or less, the imaging magnification of the second lens unit approaches the same magnification and the zooming efficiency is improved, which is advantageous for high zooming. Each lens in the lens group requires a large refracting power, which is not only detrimental to chromatic aberration, especially at the telephoto end, but also the first lens group becomes thicker and larger in diameter, especially in the retracted state. This is disadvantageous for downsizing. On the other hand, if (f 1 / f W ) is set to 12.0 or more, the contribution of the second lens group to zooming becomes small, and high zooming becomes difficult.
The above-described object of the present invention can also be achieved by the following configuration. That is, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens having a positive refractive power. The lens groups are sequentially arranged from the object side, and the first lens group and the third lens group move monotonously toward the object side as the magnification changes from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. When zooming from the telephoto end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds a fixed position, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so as to be positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end. It is good also as composition which satisfies a formula (corresponding to claim 49).
0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
However, X1 represents a total amount of movement of the first lens group upon zooming to the telephoto end from the wide-angle end, f T represents the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end.

In the zoom lens of the present invention, the aperture stop moves independently of the adjacent second lens group and third lens group, and the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end. It is desirable that it be the narrowest at the telephoto end (corresponding to claim 50).
By making the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group the widest at the wide-angle end, the aperture stop can be brought closer to the first lens group at the wide-angle end, and the height of the light beam passing through the first lens group can be lowered. As a result, further downsizing of the first lens group can be achieved.
Next, conditions for performing better aberration correction within a range that does not hinder downsizing are examined.
The second lens group includes, from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and a large curvature surface facing the object side. It is desirable to have three lenses with a negative lens (corresponding to claim 51).

As a variable power group having negative refractive power, in the case where this is constituted by three lenses, an arrangement of negative lens-negative lens-positive lens in order from the object side is well known. Compared to the configuration, the above-described configuration is excellent in the ability to correct lateral chromatic aberration associated with widening the angle. Here, the second lens and the third lens from the object side of the second lens group may be appropriately joined.
At this time, it is desirable that each lens of the second lens group satisfies the following conditional expression (corresponding to claim 52).
1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
N 2i represents the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group, and ν 2i represents the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group. .
By selecting such a glass type, better correction of chromatic aberration can be achieved.

  The first lens group preferably has a configuration in which at least one negative lens and at least one positive lens are sequentially arranged from the object side. More specifically, from the object side, the lens is composed of two lenses in which a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side are arranged, or the object From the side, the lens is composed of three lenses, which are a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side, a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side, and a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side. It is desirable to do this.

The third lens group is preferably composed of three lenses in which a positive lens, a positive lens, and a negative lens are sequentially arranged from the object side. Here, the second lens and the third lens from the object side of the third lens group may be appropriately joined.
The fourth lens group is preferably composed of one positive lens. Further, when focusing to a finite distance, the method of moving only the fourth lens group may require the smallest weight of the object to be moved. In addition, the fourth lens group has a merit that a moving amount at the time of zooming is small, and a moving mechanism for zooming can be used as a moving mechanism for focusing.
In order to further reduce the size while maintaining good aberration correction, it is indispensable to use an aspheric surface, and at least the second lens group and the third lens group should each have one or more aspheric surfaces. Is desirable. In particular, in the second lens group, if both the most object-side surface and the most image-side surface are aspherical surfaces, it is highly effective in correcting distortion and astigmatism that tend to increase as the angle of view increases. Obtainable.

As an aspheric lens, optical glass and optical plastic are molded (referred to as glass mold aspheric surface and plastic mold aspheric surface, respectively), or a thin resin layer is molded on the surface of the glass lens. An aspherical surface (referred to as a hybrid aspherical surface or a replica aspherical surface) can be used.
It may be simplified in terms of the mechanism that the aperture diameter of the aperture is constant regardless of zooming. However, by making the open diameter of the long focal end larger than that of the short focal end, the change in F number (F value) associated with zooming can be reduced. Further, when it is necessary to reduce the amount of light reaching the image plane, the aperture may be reduced, but the amount of light is reduced by inserting an ND (intermediate density) filter or the like without greatly changing the aperture diameter. This is preferable because it can prevent a decrease in resolution due to a diffraction phenomenon.

If a camera is configured using the zoom lens as described above or a lens unit using the same as a photographing optical system, a sufficient wide angle of view with a half angle of view of 38 degrees or more at the wide angle end can be obtained. Using a zoom lens that can obtain a zoom ratio of 5 times or more, is small, and has a resolving power corresponding to an image sensor with 3 million to 5 million pixels or more, it is small, excellent in portability, and high. It becomes possible to obtain high image quality by resolving power (corresponding to claims 53 and 54).
Further, if a portable information terminal device is configured using the zoom lens as described above or a lens unit using the same as a photographing optical system of the camera function unit, the half angle of view at the wide angle end is sufficiently 38 degrees or more. Using a zoom lens that has a wide angle of view, a zoom ratio of 4.5 times or more, a small size and a resolution that can accommodate image sensors with 3 to 5 million pixels or more. Therefore, it is possible to obtain high image quality with excellent portability and high resolving power (corresponding to claim 55).
The above-mentioned claims 43 to 55 are defined as including (applying) the above-described zoom lens in the lens barrel. However, the above-described zoom lenses include the zoom lens described above. It is specified to be included (applied) in the driving device.

Next, specific examples based on the above-described embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. Example 1, Example 2, Example 3 and Example 4 described below are examples of specific configurations based on specific numerical examples of the zoom lens according to the present invention, and Example 5 is an example of Examples 1 to 1. FIG. 6 is a specific example of a camera or a portable information terminal device according to the present invention in which a lens unit having a zoom lens as shown in Example 4 is used as a photographing optical system.
In the first to fourth embodiments of the zoom lens according to the present invention, the configuration of the zoom lens and specific numerical examples thereof are shown. In Examples 1 to 4, the maximum image height is 3.70 mm.
In the first to fourth embodiments, the optical element formed of a parallel plate disposed on the image plane side of the fourth lens group includes various optical filters such as an optical low-pass filter and an infrared cut filter, and light reception by a CCD sensor or the like. An element cover glass (seal glass) is assumed, and is referred to as a filter / cover here.

The materials of the lenses are all optical glass except that optical plastic is used for the ninth lens of Example 1 and the tenth lens of Example 3 (both are the fourth lens group).
In Examples 1 to 4, both the most object-side surface and the most image-side surface of the second lens group, both surfaces of the most object-side lens of the third lens group, and the most object of the fourth lens group Each side surface is aspherical. As described above, the aspheric surfaces in Examples 1 to 4 are described as directly aspherical surfaces, like so-called molded aspherical lenses. An aspherical lens of the so-called hybrid lens type obtained by laying a resin thin film forming an aspherical surface on the lens surface of the spherical lens may be configured.
Aberrations in Examples 1 to 4 are sufficiently corrected, and can correspond to light receiving elements with 3 to 5 million pixels. It is clear from Examples 1 to 4 that by configuring the zoom lens according to the present invention, it is possible to ensure a very good image performance while achieving a sufficient size reduction.

The meanings of the symbols in Examples 1 to 4 are as follows.
f: Focal length of entire system F: F number ω: Half angle of view R: Radius of curvature D: Surface spacing N d : Refractive index (d is lens number = 1 to 10)
ν d : Abbe number (d is lens number = 1-10)
K: aspherical conic constant A 4: 4-order aspherical coefficients A 6: 6-order aspherical coefficients A 8: 8-order aspherical coefficients A 10: 10-order aspherical coefficients, however, non-used here The spherical surface is defined by the following equation, where C is the reciprocal of the paraxial radius of curvature (paraxial curvature) and H is the height from the optical axis.

FIG. 29 shows the configuration of the optical system of the zoom lens according to Example 1 of the present invention, where (a) is the short focal end, that is, the wide angle end, (b) is the intermediate focal length, and (c) is the long focal length. The focal end, that is, the telephoto end is shown.
The zoom lens shown in FIG. 29 includes a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, a fifth lens E5, a sixth lens E6, a seventh lens E7, an eighth lens E8, and a ninth lens. A lens E9, an aperture FA, and a filter / cover FC are provided. In this case, the first lens E1 and the second lens E2 constitute the first lens group G1, the third lens E3 to the fifth lens E5 constitute the second lens group G2, and the sixth lens E6 to the eighth lens. The lens E8 constitutes the third lens group G3, and the ninth lens E9 alone constitutes the fourth lens group G4. Each lens E8 is supported by a common support frame or the like appropriate for each group, and zooming is performed. At the same time, each group operates integrally. FIG. 29 also shows the surface number of each optical surface. 29 are used independently for each embodiment in order to avoid complication of explanation due to an increase in the number of digits of the reference code. Therefore, the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 30 to 32 are used. However, they are not necessarily in common with other embodiments.

In FIG. 29, each optical element constituting the optical system of the zoom lens includes, for example, a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, and a fifth lens sequentially from the object side such as a subject. E5, stop FA, sixth lens E6, seventh lens E7, eighth lens E8, ninth lens E9 and filter / cover FC are arranged in this order, and an image is formed behind the filter / cover FC.
The first lens E1 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, and the second lens E2 is a positive meniscus lens that is convex on the object side. The first lens group G1 configured by the first lens E1 and the second lens E2 has a positive focal length, that is, a positive refractive power as a whole. The third lens E3 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, has an aspheric surface on the object side, and a strong concave surface on the image side. The fourth lens E4 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface on the image side, and the fifth lens E5 is a negative lens composed of a biconcave lens having a strong concave surface on the object side and an aspheric surface on the image side. In other words, the fourth lens E4 and the fifth lens E5 are closely bonded and joined together to form a cemented lens.

  The second lens group G2 constituted by the third lens E3 to the fifth lens E5 has a negative focal length, that is, negative refractive power as a whole. The sixth lens E6 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having both aspheric surfaces. The seventh lens E7 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface facing the image side, and the eighth lens E8 is a negative lens composed of a biconcave lens. The seventh lens E7 and the eighth lens E8 are closely And bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens group G3 constituted by the sixth lens E6 to the eighth lens E8 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The ninth lens E9 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface made of an aspheric surface facing the object side. Of course, the fourth lens group G4 constituted solely by the ninth lens E9 has a positive focal length.

In zooming from the short focal end, that is, the wide-angle end, to the long focal end, that is, the telephoto end, the variable interval between the groups, that is, the most image-side surface of the first lens group G1, that is, the second lens E2 The distance DA between the image side surface (surface number 4) and the most object side surface of the second lens group G2, that is, the object side surface (surface number 5) of the third lens E3, and the most distance of the second lens group G2. Distance DB between the image side surface, that is, the image side surface (surface number 9) of the fifth lens E5 and the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 10), the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 10), and the third lens The distance DC between the most object side surface of the group G3, that is, the object side surface (surface number 11) of the sixth lens E6, the most image side surface of the third lens group G3, that is, the image side of the eighth lens E8. Surface (surface number 15) and the most object-side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the object-side surface of the ninth lens E9 (surface number 1) ) And the most image side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the image side surface (surface number 16) of the ninth lens E9, and the object side surface (surface number 18) of the filter / cover FC. , And the first lens group G1 and the third lens group G3 move monotonously toward the object side as the magnification changes from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. At the time of zooming to the telephoto end, the second lens group G2 holds its position fixedly, and the first lens group is arranged such that the fourth lens group G4 is positioned closer to the image side than the wide angle end at the telephoto end. G1, the third lens group G3, and the fourth lens group G4 move.
In the first embodiment, the focal length f, F number F, and half angle of view ω of the entire system are f = 4.74 to 21.59, F = 3.32 to 4.98, and ω = by zooming, respectively. It varies in the range of 39.14 to 9.55. The characteristics of each optical surface are as shown in the following table.

In Table 1, the optical surfaces of the fifth surface, the ninth surface, the eleventh surface, the twelfth surface, and the sixteenth surface indicated by “* (asterisk)” attached to the surface number are aspheric surfaces. The parameters in the above equation “Equation 1” are as follows.
Aspherical surface: 5th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 2.42400 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −2.92208 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 9.40210 × 10 −9 ,
A 10 = −4.16456 × 10 −11
Aspherical surface: 9th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −5.16761 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = 1.81605 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = −1.01642 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = −1.75699 × 10 −8

Aspheric surface: Eleventh surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −1.08496 × 10 −3 ,
A 6 = −2.117192 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = 5.79037 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = −5.25493 × 10 −7
Aspheric surface: 12th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 4.885474 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −4.49460 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = 8.998429 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = −5.668154 × 10 −7
Aspheric surface: 16th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −5.44644 × 10 −5 ,
A 6 = 1.86063 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −9.177793 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = 2.09899 × 10 −8
A variable distance DA between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, a variable distance DB between the second lens group G2 and the aperture FA, a variable distance DC between the aperture FA and the third lens group, The variable distance DD between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and the variable distance DE between the fourth lens group G4 and the optical filter FC are changed as shown in the following table with zooming. .

Further, the values related to the conditional expressions described in the first embodiment are as follows.
Conditional expression numerical value m4T = 0.718
m4T / m4W = 1.098
X1 / f T = 0.698
X3 / f T = 0.366
| F 2 | / f 3 = 0.792
f 1 / f W = 8.44
Therefore, the numerical values related to the conditional expressions described in the first embodiment are within the range of the conditional expressions.

FIG. 30 shows a configuration of an optical system of a zoom lens according to Example 2 of the present invention, where (a) is a wide angle end (short focal end), (b) is an intermediate focal length, and (c) is telephoto. The state of the end (long focal end) is shown.
The zoom lens shown in FIG. 30 includes a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, a fifth lens E5, a sixth lens E6, a seventh lens E7, an eighth lens E8, and a ninth lens. A lens E9, an aperture FA, and a filter / cover FC are provided. In this case, the first lens E1 and the second lens E2 constitute the first lens group G1, the third lens E3 to the fifth lens E5 constitute the second lens group G2, and the sixth lens E6 to the eighth lens. The lens E8 constitutes the third lens group G3, and the ninth lens E9 alone constitutes the fourth lens group G4. Each lens E8 is supported by a common support frame or the like appropriate for each group, and zooming is performed. At the same time, each group operates integrally. FIG. 30 also shows the surface numbers of the optical surfaces. It should be noted that the reference numerals for FIG. 30 are used independently for each embodiment, and therefore, even if the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 29, 31 and 32 are given, they are not necessarily different from the other embodiments. It is not a common configuration.

In FIG. 30, each optical element constituting the optical system of the zoom lens includes, for example, a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, and a fifth lens sequentially from the object side such as a subject. E5, stop FA, sixth lens E6, seventh lens E7, eighth lens E8, ninth lens E9 and filter / cover FC are arranged in this order, and an image is formed behind the filter / cover FC.
The first lens E1 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, and the second lens E2 is a positive meniscus lens that is convex on the object side. The first lens E1 and the second lens E2 are: They are stuck together and joined together to form a cemented lens. The first lens group G1 configured by the cemented lens of the first lens E1 and the second lens E2 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The third lens E3 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, has an aspheric surface on the object side, and a strong concave surface on the image side. The fourth lens E4 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface on the image side, and the fifth lens E5 is a negative lens composed of a biconcave lens having a strong concave surface on the object side and an aspheric surface on the image side. In other words, the fourth lens E4 and the fifth lens E5 are closely bonded and joined together to form a cemented lens. The second lens group G2 constituted by the third lens E3 to the fifth lens E5 has a negative focal length, that is, negative refractive power as a whole. The sixth lens E6 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having both aspheric surfaces.

The seventh lens E7 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface facing the image side, and the eighth lens E8 is a negative lens composed of a biconcave lens. The seventh lens E7 and the eighth lens E8 are closely And bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens group G3 constituted by the sixth lens E6 to the eighth lens E8 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The ninth lens E9 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface made of an aspheric surface facing the object side. Of course, the fourth lens group G4 constituted solely by the ninth lens E9 has a positive focal length.
Upon zooming from the wide-angle end (short focal end) to the telephoto end (long focal end), the variable interval between the groups, that is, the most image-side surface of the first lens group G1, that is, the image of the second lens E2. Distance DA between the second surface group (surface number 3) and the most object side surface of the second lens group G2, that is, the object side surface (surface number 4) of the third lens E3, and the most image of the second lens group G2. Side DB, that is, the distance DB between the image side surface (surface number 8) of the fifth lens E5 and the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 9), the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 9), and the third lens group The distance DC between the most object side surface of G3, that is, the object side surface (surface number 10) of the sixth lens E6, the most image side surface of the third lens group G3, that is, the image side surface of the eighth lens E8. The distance D between (surface number 14) and the most object side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the object side surface (surface number 15) of the ninth lens E9. The distance DE between the most image side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the image side surface (surface number 16) of the ninth lens E9, and the object side surface (surface number 17) of the filter / cover FC is The first lens group G1 and the third lens group G3 monotonously move toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and change from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. At the time of magnification, the first lens group G1 and the third lens are arranged such that the second lens group G2 holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group G4 is positioned closer to the image side than the wide angle end at the telephoto end. The group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 move.

  In Example 2, the focal length f, F number F, and half angle of view ω of the entire system are f = 4.74 to 21.57, F = 3.56 to 5.00, and ω = by zooming, respectively. It varies in the range of 39.15 to 9.57. The characteristics of each optical surface are as shown in the following table.

In Table 3, the optical surfaces of the fourth surface, the eighth surface, the tenth surface, the eleventh surface, and the fifteenth surface indicated by adding “*” to the surface number are aspherical surfaces. The parameters in the formula are as follows.
Aspherical surface: 4th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 1.998102 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −3.6668 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 4.52405 × 10 −8 ,
A 10 = −2.66763 × 10 −10
Aspheric surface: 8th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −4.56912 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −2.343635 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = −7.3048 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = −1.13163 × 10 −8

Aspheric surface: 10th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −7.28261 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = 5.77787 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 1.03208 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = −1.81386 × 10 −7
Aspheric surface: Eleventh surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 4.665357 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = 1.34799 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −4.337956 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = 6.85503 × 10 −8
Aspheric surface: 15th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −6.80550 × 10 −5 ,
A 6 = 1.42409 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −6.37766 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = 1.29041 × 10 −8
A variable distance DA between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, a variable distance DB between the second lens group G2 and the aperture FA, a variable distance DC between the aperture FA and the third lens group, The variable distance DD between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and the variable distance DE between the fourth lens group G4 and the optical filter FC are changed as shown in the following table with zooming. .

Further, the values according to the conditional expressions described in the second embodiment are as follows.
Conditional expression numerical value m4T = 0.722
m4T / m4W = 1.117
X1 / f T = 0.672
X3 / f T = 0.396
| F 2 | / f 3 = 0.799
f 1 / f W = 8.84
Therefore, the numerical values related to the conditional expressions described in the second embodiment are within the range of the conditional expressions.

FIG. 31 shows a configuration of an optical system of a zoom lens according to Example 3 of the present invention, where (a) is a wide angle end (short focal end), (b) is an intermediate focal length, and (c) is telephoto. The state of the end (long focal end) is shown.
The zoom lens shown in FIG. 31 includes a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, a fifth lens E5, a sixth lens E6, a seventh lens E7, an eighth lens E8, a ninth lens. A lens E9, a tenth lens E10, an aperture FA and a filter / cover FC are provided. In this case, the first lens E1 to the third lens E3 constitute the first lens group G1, the fourth lens E4 to the sixth lens E6 constitute the second lens group G2, and the seventh lens E7 to the ninth lens. The lens E9 constitutes the third lens group G3, and the tenth lens E10 alone constitutes the fourth lens group G4. Each lens E9 is supported by a common support frame or the like as appropriate for each group, and zooming is performed. At the same time, each group operates integrally. In addition, each reference number with respect to FIG. 31 is used independently for each Example, Therefore, even if it attaches the same reference number as FIG. 29, FIG. 30, and FIG. 32, they are not necessarily different from another Example. It is not a common configuration.

In FIG. 31, each optical element constituting the optical system of the zoom lens includes, for example, a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, and a fifth lens sequentially from the object side such as a subject. E5, sixth lens E6, aperture FA, seventh lens E7, eighth lens E8, ninth lens E9, tenth lens E10 and filter / cover FC are arranged in this order, and are connected behind the filter / cover FC. Imaged.
The first lens E1 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, and the second lens E2 is a positive lens that is a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface on the object side. The first lens E1 and the second lens E2 Are closely bonded and bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens E3 is a positive meniscus lens that is convexly formed on the object side. The first lens group G1 constituted by the first lens E1 to the third lens E3 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The fourth lens E4 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex toward the object side, has an aspheric surface on the object side, and a strong concave surface on the image side. The fifth lens E5 is a positive lens composed of a plano-convex lens having a flat surface on the object side, and the sixth lens E6 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the image side and has an aspheric surface on the image side. The fifth lens E5 and the sixth lens E6 are closely bonded and joined together to form a cemented lens. The second lens group G2 configured by the fourth lens E4 to the sixth lens E6 has a negative focal length, that is, negative refractive power as a whole.

  The seventh lens E7 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having both aspheric surfaces. The eighth lens E8 is a positive lens made up of a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface facing the image side, and the ninth lens E9 is a negative lens made up of a biconcave lens. The eighth lens E8 and the ninth lens E9 are in close contact with each other. And bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens group G3 constituted by the seventh lens E7 to the ninth lens E9 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The tenth lens E10 is a positive lens made of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface made of an aspheric surface facing the object side. Of course, the fourth lens group G4 constituted solely by the tenth lens E10 has a positive focal length.

In zooming from the wide-angle end (short focal end) to the telephoto end (long focal end), the variable interval between the groups, that is, the most image side surface of the first lens group G1, that is, the image of the third lens E3. Distance DA between the second surface group (surface number 5) and the most object side surface of the second lens group G2, that is, the object side surface (surface number 6) of the fourth lens E4, and the most image of the second lens group G2. Side, that is, the distance DB between the image side surface (surface number 10) of the sixth lens E6 and the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 11), the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 11), and the third lens group The distance DC between the most object side surface of G3, that is, the object side surface (surface number 12) of the seventh lens E7, the most image side surface of the third lens group G3, that is, the image side surface of the ninth lens E9. (Surface number 16) and the most object-side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the object-side surface of the tenth lens E10 (surface number 17) And the most image side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the image side surface (surface number 18) of the tenth lens E10 and the object side surface (surface number 19) of the filter / cover FC. The first lens group G1 and the third lens group G3 move monotonously toward the object side as the distance DE changes and the magnification changes from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. The first lens group G1, so that the second lens group G2 holds its position fixedly and the fourth lens group G4 is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end at the telephoto end. The third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 move.

  In the third embodiment, the focal length f, F number F, and half angle of view ω of the entire system are f = 4.74 to 21.67, F = 3.46 to 4.91, and ω = by zooming, respectively. It varies in the range of 39.15-9.50. The characteristics of each optical surface are as shown in the following table.

In Table 5, each optical surface of the sixth surface, the tenth surface, the twelfth surface, the thirteenth surface, and the seventeenth surface indicated by adding “*” to the surface number is an aspheric surface. The parameters in the formula are as follows.
Aspherical surface: 6th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −1.225579 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −2.998179 × 10 −7 ,
A 8 = −1.93092 × 10 −8 ,
A 10 = −3.32554 × 10 −10
Aspheric surface: 10th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −8.25512 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −1.82812 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = 8.50623 × 10 −8 ,
A 10 = −1.90374 × 10 −7

Aspheric surface: 12th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −8.08852 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = 1.58812 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −1.00403 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = 2.775151 × 10 −8
Aspheric surface: 13th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 4.007275 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −7.886358 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 1.660507 × 10 −6 ,
A 10 = −9.33131 × 10 −8
Aspheric surface: 17th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −1.29441 × 10 −5 ,
A 6 = 5.93123 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = −3.01006 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = 7.06450 × 10 −9
A variable distance DA between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, a variable distance DB between the second lens group G2 and the aperture FA, a variable distance DC between the aperture FA and the third lens group, The variable distance DD between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and the variable distance DE between the fourth lens group G4 and the optical filter FC are changed as shown in the following table with zooming. .

Further, the values according to the conditional expressions described in the third embodiment are as follows.
Conditional expression numerical value m4T = 0.712
m4T / m4W = 1.085
X1 / f T = 0.646
X3 / f T = 0.351
| F 2 | / f 3 = 0.744
f 1 / f W = 7.49
Therefore, the numerical values related to the conditional expressions described in the third embodiment are within the range of the conditional expressions.

FIG. 32 shows a configuration of an optical system of a zoom lens according to Example 4 of the present invention, where (a) is a wide angle end (short focal end), (b) is an intermediate focal length, and (c) is telephoto. The state of the end (long focal end) is shown.
The zoom lens shown in FIG. 32 includes a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, a fifth lens E5, a sixth lens E6, a seventh lens E7, an eighth lens E8, and a ninth lens. A lens E9, a tenth lens E10, an aperture FA and a filter / cover FC are provided. In this case, the first lens E1 to the third lens E3 constitute the first lens group G1, the fourth lens E4 to the sixth lens E6 constitute the second lens group G2, and the seventh lens E7 to the ninth lens. The lens E9 constitutes the third lens group G3, and the tenth lens E10 alone constitutes the fourth lens group G4. Each lens E9 is supported by a common support frame or the like as appropriate for each group, and zooming is performed. At the same time, each group operates integrally. 32 are used independently for each embodiment. Therefore, even if the same reference symbols as in FIGS. 29 to 31 are given, they are not necessarily different from the other embodiments. is not.

In FIG. 32, each optical element constituting the optical system of the zoom lens includes, for example, a first lens E1, a second lens E2, a third lens E3, a fourth lens E4, and a fifth lens sequentially from the object side such as a subject. E5, sixth lens E6, aperture FA, seventh lens E7, eighth lens E8, ninth lens E9, tenth lens E10 and filter / cover FC are arranged in this order, and are connected behind the filter / cover FC. Imaged.
The first lens E1 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex on the object side, and the second lens E2 is a positive lens that is a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface on the object side. The first lens E1 and the second lens E2 Are closely bonded and bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens E3 is a positive meniscus lens that is convexly formed on the object side. The first lens group G1 constituted by the first lens E1 to the third lens E3 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The fourth lens E4 is a negative meniscus lens that is convex toward the object side, has an aspheric surface on the object side, and a strong concave surface on the image side. The fifth lens E5 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface on the image side, and the sixth lens E6 is a negative lens having a biconcave lens having a strong concave surface on the object side, and an aspheric surface on the image side. The fifth lens E5 and the sixth lens E6 are closely bonded and joined together to form a cemented lens.

The second lens group G2 configured by the fourth lens E4 to the sixth lens E6 has a negative focal length, that is, negative refractive power as a whole. The seventh lens E7 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having both aspheric surfaces. The eighth lens E8 is a positive lens made up of a biconvex lens with a strong convex surface facing the image side, and the ninth lens E9 is a negative lens made up of a biconcave lens. The eighth lens E8 and the ninth lens E9 are in close contact with each other. And bonded together to form a cemented lens. The third lens group G3 including the seventh lens E7 to the ninth lens E9 has a positive refractive power as a whole. The tenth lens E10 is a positive lens composed of a biconvex lens having a strong convex surface made of an aspheric surface facing the object side. Of course, the fourth lens group G4 constituted solely by the tenth lens E10 has a positive focal length.
In zooming from the wide-angle end (short focal end) to the telephoto end (long focal end), the variable interval between the groups, that is, the most image side surface of the first lens group G1, that is, the image of the third lens E3. Distance DA between the second surface group (surface number 5) and the most object side surface of the second lens group G2, that is, the object side surface (surface number 6) of the fourth lens E4, and the most image of the second lens group G2. Side, that is, the distance DB between the image side surface (surface number 10) of the sixth lens E6 and the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 11), the surface of the aperture FA (surface number 11), and the third lens group The distance DC between the most object side surface of G3, that is, the object side surface (surface number 12) of the seventh lens E7, the most image side surface of the third lens group G3, that is, the image side surface of the ninth lens E9. (Surface number 16) and the most object-side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the object-side surface of the tenth lens E10 (surface number 17) And the most image side surface of the fourth lens group G4, that is, the image side surface (surface number 18) of the tenth lens E10 and the object side surface (surface number 19) of the filter / cover FC. The first lens group G1 and the third lens group G3 move monotonously toward the object side as the distance DE changes and the magnification changes from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. The first lens group G1, so that the second lens group G2 holds its position fixedly and the fourth lens group G4 is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end at the telephoto end. The third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 move.

  In the fourth embodiment, the focal length f, F number F, and half angle of view ω of the entire system are f = 4.74-21.62, F = 3.42-4.99, and ω = by zooming, respectively. It varies in the range of 39.12 to 9.50. The characteristics of each optical surface are as shown in the following table.

The optical surfaces of the sixth surface, the tenth surface, the twelfth surface, the thirteenth surface, and the seventeenth surface indicated by adding “*” to the surface number in Table 7 are aspherical surfaces. The parameters in the formula are as follows.
Aspherical surface: 6th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −8.08791 × 10 −5 ,
A 6 = −2.03124 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 6.26663 × 10 −9 ,
A 10 = −6.132352 × 10 −11
Aspheric surface: 10th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −7.52609 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −1.24401 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −9.665466 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = −8.33332 × 10 −8

Aspheric surface: 12th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −7.07947 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −1.116179 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = 6.752505 × 10 −8 ,
A 10 = −2.53913 × 10 −8
Aspheric surface: 13th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = 3.43658 × 10 −4 ,
A 6 = −1.44022 × 10 −6 ,
A 8 = −1.333484 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = −1.40822 × 10 −8
Aspheric surface: 17th surface K = 0.0,
A 4 = −4.754010 × 10 −5 ,
A 6 = 1.15429 × 10 −5 ,
A 8 = −4.887258 × 10 −7 ,
A 10 = 9.55404 × 10 −9
A variable distance DA between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, a variable distance DB between the second lens group G2 and the aperture FA, a variable distance DC between the aperture FA and the third lens group, The variable distance DD between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and the variable distance DE between the fourth lens group G4 and the optical filter FC are changed as shown in the following table with zooming. .

Further, the values according to the conditional expressions described in the fourth embodiment are as follows.
Conditional expression numerical value m4T = 0.721
m4T / m4W = 1.095
X1 / f T = 0.668
X3 / f T = 0.369
| F 2 | / f 3 = 0.795
f 1 / f W = 8.14
Therefore, the numerical values related to the conditional expressions described in the fourth embodiment are within the range of the conditional expressions.

33 to 35 show aberration curves of spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the zoom lens shown in FIG. 29 according to Example 1 described above. FIG. 33 is a graph at the wide angle end. FIG. 34 is an aberration curve diagram at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 35 is an aberration curve diagram at the telephoto end. In each aberration curve diagram, the broken line in the spherical aberration diagram represents the sine condition, the solid line in the astigmatism diagram represents sagittal, the broken line represents meridional, the thick line represents the d line, and the thin line represents the g line.
36 to 38 show aberration curves of spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the zoom lens shown in FIG. 30 according to Example 2 described above, and FIG. 36 is a graph at the wide angle end. FIG. 37 is an aberration curve diagram at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 38 is an aberration curve diagram at the telephoto end. Also in this case, in each aberration curve diagram, the broken line in the spherical aberration diagram represents the sine condition, the solid line in the astigmatism diagram represents sagittal, the broken line represents meridional, the thick line represents the d line, and the thin line represents the g line. .

39 to 41 show aberration curve diagrams of spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the zoom lens shown in FIG. 31 according to Example 3 described above. FIG. 39 is a graph at the wide angle end. FIG. 40 is an aberration curve diagram at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 41 is an aberration curve diagram at the telephoto end. Also in this case, in each aberration curve diagram, the broken line in the spherical aberration diagram represents the sine condition, the solid line in the astigmatism diagram represents sagittal, the broken line represents meridional, the thick line represents the d line, and the thin line represents the g line. .
42 to 44 show aberration curves of spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the zoom lens shown in FIG. 32 according to Example 4 described above, and FIG. FIG. 43 is an aberration curve diagram at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 44 is an aberration curve diagram at the telephoto end. Also in this case, in each aberration curve diagram, the broken line in the spherical aberration diagram represents the sine condition, the solid line in the astigmatism diagram represents sagittal, the broken line represents meridional, the thick line represents the d line, and the thin line represents the g line. .
According to the aberration curve diagrams of FIGS. 33 to 44, in the zoom lenses having the configurations shown in FIGS. 29 to 32 according to the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention described above, aberrations are corrected satisfactorily. It can be seen that it is suppressed or suppressed.

Next, when the zoom lens according to the present invention as shown in the first to fourth embodiments is employed as a photographing optical system, the camera is configured as described above with reference to FIGS. Therefore, the description thereof is omitted here.
In FIGS. 17 to 19, the camera is described. However, a camera in which a camera function is incorporated in a portable information terminal device such as a so-called PDA (personal data assistant) or a mobile phone has recently appeared. Such a portable information terminal device also has substantially the same function and configuration as a camera although the appearance is slightly different, and the zoom lens according to the present invention is adopted in such a portable information terminal device. May be.
As described above, in the above-described camera or portable information terminal device, a photographing lens including a lens unit using a zoom lens as described in the first to fourth embodiments is used as a photographing optical system. be able to. Accordingly, it is possible to realize a small camera or a portable information terminal device with high image quality using a light receiving element of 3 to 5 million pixel class.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 45 to 60, the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment which exhibits good performance when used in the lens barrel, the lens driving device and the portable information terminal device according to the present invention described above. Will be explained.
The camera (portable information terminal device) including the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21, and particularly FIGS. 17 to 19. This description is incorporated herein.
First, before describing specific examples, in order to explain a fourth embodiment of the present invention, configurations and functions defined in the claims of the claims will be described.
For example, as shown in FIG. 45, the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention is “a first lens group I having a positive refractive power from the object side to the image side, a negative refractive power. A second lens group II having a positive refractive power and a third lens group III having a positive refractive power in the above order, and having an aperture stop S between the second lens group II and the third lens group III. A lens barrel including a zoom lens in which the distance between the first lens group I and the second lens group II is increased and the distance between the second lens group II and the third lens group III is decreased upon zooming from the telephoto end to the telephoto end. (Hereinafter simply referred to as “zoom lens”) and has the following characteristics (claim 69).

The ratio of the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W and the maximum image height: Y ′ max : Y ′ max / f W is the condition:
(1) 0.70 <Y ' max / f W <1.00
It is in the range.
The second lens group II includes a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side from the object side to the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature on the image side, and a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side. It is composed of three negative lenses facing each other. That is, the second lens group II is “a configuration in which a positive lens is sandwiched between a negative lens on the object side and a negative lens on the image side”.
69. The zoom lens according to claim 69, wherein an image side surface (a most image side surface in the second lens group II) of the “image side negative lens” in the second lens group II is “negatively refracted as the distance from the optical axis increases. Refractive index of the material of the “negative lens on the image side” in the second lens group II: N 2I , “maximum of the aspherical surface on the most image side” in the second lens group II The amount of aspheric surface at 80% of the effective ray height: X 2I (H 0.8 ), maximum image height: Y ′ max , conditions:
(2) 0.0010 <(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) / Y ' max <0.0500
Is preferably satisfied (claim 70).

70. The zoom lens according to claim 70, wherein an object side surface (a most object side surface in the second lens group II) of the “object side negative lens” in the second lens group II is an aspherical surface, and the second lens group. The refractive index of the material of the “object side negative lens” in II: N 20 , the refractive index of the material of the “image side negative lens” in the second lens group II: N 2I , Aspheric amount in "80% of the maximum effective ray height on the object-side aspheric surface": X 20 (H 0.8 ), "80% of the maximum effective ray height on the image-side aspheric surface" of the second lens group II The amount of aspherical surface at: X 2I (H 0.8 ), maximum image height: Y ′ max , conditions:
(3) -0.0500 <{(N 2O −1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ′ max <0.
1500
Is preferably satisfied (claim 71).

  “Aspheric amount: X (H)” is the difference between the sag amount (depth) at the height: H from the optical axis between the spherical surface defined by the paraxial curvature of the aspheric surface and the actual aspheric surface. The direction from the object side to the image side is positive.

In the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 71, the refractive index and Abbe number of materials of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group II and Nb i and ν 2i are the conditions. :
(4) 1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
(5) 1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
(6) 1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
Is preferably satisfied (claim 72).

The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 72, wherein three lenses constituting the second lens group are expressed as "a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side and a curvature on the image side in order from the object side". A positive lens having a large convex surface and a negative lens having a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side ”, and the positive lens and the negative lens on the image side may be cemented (claim 73). . In this case, the ratio of the radius of curvature of the cemented surface of the positive lens and the negative lens in the second lens group II: R 2C and the maximum image height: Y ′ max is R 2C / Y ′ max.
(7) -3.5 <(R 2C / Y ' max ) <-1.0
Is preferably satisfied (claim 74).
Of course, in the second lens group II, negative, positive, and negative lenses arranged in order from the object side may be configured separately.

The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 74, in zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end,
The first lens group I moves monotonously toward the object side, the distance between the first and second lens groups II at the wide-angle end: D 12W , the distance between the first and second lens groups at the telephoto end: D 12T , at the telephoto end Focal length of the entire system: f T , conditions:
(8) 0.50 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.85
Is preferably satisfied (claim 75).
In the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 75, the third lens group III moves monotonously to the object side during zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, and the second and third lenses at the wide-angle end The distance between the lens groups is D 23W , the distance between the second and third lens groups at the telephoto end is D 23T , and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T.
(9) 0.25 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.65
It is preferable that the configuration satisfies the above (claim 76).
The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 76, the focal length of the second lens group II: f 2, a focal length of the third lens group III: f 3 is the condition:
(10) 0.5 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
Is preferably satisfied.

The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 77, wherein the focal length of the first lens group I; f 1 , the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W is a condition:
(11) 6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
Is preferably satisfied (claim 78).
79. The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 78, as described above, “the first lens group I having a positive refractive power from the object side to the image side, and the second lens having a negative refractive power”. Group II and third lens group III having positive refractive power are provided in the above order. ”As such a configuration, the first lens group I to the third lens group III can be used. (Claim 79).
In the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 78, a "fourth lens unit having a positive refractive power" is disposed on the image side of the third lens unit III, and the change from the wide angle end to the telephoto end is performed. At the time of magnification, at least the first lens group I and the third lens group are set so that the distance between the first lens group I and the second lens group II is increased and the distance between the second lens group II and the third lens group III is decreased. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which III moves to the object side (claim 80).

  In the case of the three-lens group III configuration of claim 79 or the four-lens group configuration of claim 80, a “fixed lens having weak negative power” may be further inserted on the image side of these groups. . That is, the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 78 has a degree of freedom to further add a lens group to the image side of the third lens.

  The zoom lens according to claim 80 may be configured such that “the fourth lens group does not move during zooming” (claim 81), or “fourth lens during zooming from the wide angle end to the telephoto end”. A configuration in which the group is displaced toward the image side can also be adopted (claim 82).

  The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 82 has an aperture stop S between the second lens group II and the third lens group III, but has an aperture for zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. The distance between the aperture stop S and the third lens group III can be configured to be “widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end” (claim 83).

The “opening diameter of the aperture stop” in the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 83 can be constant regardless of zooming (claim 84), or the opening diameter of the aperture stop S can be set as a magnification. The opening diameter at the long focal end can be set larger than the opening diameter at the short focal end (claim 85).
A portable information terminal device having a photographing function according to the present invention is characterized by “having as a photographing optical system” the zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 85 (claim 86). Of course, this portable information terminal device can be implemented as a normal silver salt still camera.
The portable information terminal device according to claim 86 may be configured such that “the object image by the zoom lens is formed on the light receiving surface of the image sensor” (claim 87). Such an information device can be implemented as an electronic still camera, a digital camera having a video shooting function, a video camera, or the like.
The portable information terminal device according to an 87th aspect can be configured to use "an imaging element having a diagonal dimension of 9 mm or less and a number of pixels of 3 million pixels or more" (claim 88). Such an image sensor has, for example, a diagonal dimension of 9 mm and 5 million pixels, a diagonal dimension of 6 mm and 3 million pixels.

In a zoom lens having three positive, negative, and positive lens groups in order from the object side, the second lens group II is generally configured as a “lens group that bears a main zooming action (so-called variator)”. The configuration of the lens group II is important. In particular, in the “information device having a photographing function” using a small image pickup device of “diagonal dimension: 6 to 9 mm and 3 to 5 million pixels” as exemplified above, the pixel pitch of the image pickup device is small, so Since aberration correction is required and it is difficult to correct off-axis aberrations, the second lens group II requires some unconventional ideas.
Conventionally, a zoom lens having a positive, negative, and positive three-lens group configuration, in which the second lens unit is configured by three lenses, almost all of them are arranged in order from the object side to the image side. In other words, a negative lens having a surface with a large curvature, a negative lens having a concave surface on the image side, and a positive lens having a convex surface on the object side are arranged. Such a configuration of the second lens group cannot be said to be an optimal configuration for realizing a zoom lens using a small image sensor as described above and having a half angle of view at the wide angle end exceeding 35 degrees.

In addition, the second lens group II has a configuration in which four lenses of a negative lens, a negative lens, a positive lens, and a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side are arranged in order from the object side. However, when the number of lenses is increased, the second lens group becomes thick, and the total length during storage becomes large, which hinders downsizing and increases the cost.
In the present invention, the second lens group II is suitable for use with a small-sized image sensor as described above under the “constraint number: limit of three lenses”, and the half angle of view at the wide-angle end exceeds 35 degrees. Presenting a “configuration of the second lens group II” suitable for realizing a simple zoom lens.
That is, the second lens group II in the zoom lens according to the present invention includes, as described above, “a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side and a positive lens having a large curvature surface on the image side, in order from the object side, The negative lens having a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side.
When the parameter Y ′ max / f W satisfying the condition (1) satisfied by the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment is 0.70 or less, it is half at the wide-angle end when distortion is sufficiently corrected. Angle of view: A wide angle of 35 degrees or more cannot be realized. Parameter: When Y ′ max / f W is 1.00 or more, it is extremely difficult to correct off-axis aberrations at the wide-angle end, and the first lens group is enlarged to make the zoom lens more compact, and thus photography. It becomes difficult to downsize an information device having a function.

In a state where the condition (1) is satisfied, the second lens group II is placed in order from the object side, as described above, with a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side and a positive surface having a large curvature surface on the image side. If the lens and the negative lens having a concave surface with a large curvature are directed to the object side, off-axis aberrations at the wide-angle end, particularly chromatic aberration of magnification, can be favorably corrected.
An important point in this configuration is that both the “image side surface of the second positive lens from the object side” and the “object side surface of the third negative lens from the object side” in the second lens group II are both convex to the image side. It is in that. In such a configuration, the off-axis light beam near the wide-angle end is generally incident at “a large incident angle on the surface”, so that the off-axis aberration can be greatly changed even if the curvature radius of the surface is slightly changed. . For this reason, the “off-axis aberration to be canceled in the other surface of the second lens group II and the other lens group” is determined according to the correction capability of the other surface and the other lens group. Can be generated with a high degree of freedom in the “convexly-shaped surface”), and a higher level of aberration correction is possible than in the conventional second lens group configuration.

The second lens group consists of the three known lenses: a negative lens with a large curvature on the image side, a negative lens with a concave surface on the image side, and a positive lens with a convex surface on the object side Then, the image side surface of the second negative lens from the object side and the object side surface of the third positive lens from the object side both have a “convex shape on the object side”. At this time, when the “angle of the off-axis light beam with respect to the optical axis” increases, the incident angle of the off-axis light beam on these surfaces (surfaces convex toward the object side) decreases, and the “variable range of the generated aberration amount”. ”Is limited to a narrow range, so that a sufficient effect for correcting off-axis aberration cannot be obtained.
In order to realize “better aberration correction” in the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, as described in Item 70, the second lens unit II is disposed closest to the image side. It is desirable that the image side surface of the negative lens is “aspherical surface having a shape in which the negative refractive power decreases as the distance from the optical axis decreases”, and it is desirable that this aspherical surface satisfies the condition (2).
Condition (2) parameter: If (1−N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) is 0.0010 or less, or 0.0500 or more, distortion, astigmatism and coma can be corrected in a well-balanced manner. In particular, this is a hindrance in securing “higher imaging performance” particularly at the wide-angle end.

In order to better correct distortion at the wide-angle end, in addition to the image side surface of the “negative lens disposed on the image side” of the second lens group II, as described in claim 71, the second It is desirable that the object side surface of the “negative lens disposed on the object side” of the lens group II is aspherical, and this aspherical surface satisfies the condition (3).
Condition (3) parameters: {(N 2 O −1) × X 2 O (H 0.8 ) + (1−N 2 I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ′ max is −0.0500 or less, This is not preferable because the distortion at the wide-angle end is “undercorrected” or “unnatural with an inflection point”. When the parameter is 0.1500 or more,
Not only will distortion be overcorrected, it will be difficult to correct other off-axis aberrations well.
The aspheric amount of the aspheric surface is assumed to be “the absolute value increases monotonously from the optical axis toward the lens outer peripheral portion”, and at the position “80% of the maximum effective ray height”, the condition (2 If (3) and / or (3) is satisfied, good performance can be realized in the light receiving region of the small image sensor.
Further, by selecting a glass type that satisfies the conditions (4) to (6), “better correction of chromatic aberration” becomes possible.

75. A zoom lens according to claim 73, wherein decentering and the like are produced by joining together a “second positive lens and a third negative lens from the object side” that cause large aberrations in the second lens group II. In addition to making it difficult for performance to deteriorate due to errors, there is no need for a spacing ring, and the effects of reducing the number of steps during assembly can be obtained. At this time, it is preferable that the joint surface satisfies the condition (7).
When the parameter of condition (7): (R 2C / Y ′ max ) is −3.5 or less, the curvature of the joint surface becomes loose, and the “degree of freedom to generate aberration at the joint surface” becomes small, and −1. If it is 0 or more, the curvature of the cemented surface becomes too strong and “excessive off-axis aberration is generated”, and it becomes difficult to cancel aberrations on the other surfaces of the second lens group and the other lens groups.
In order to achieve “higher zooming ratio” in the zoom lens according to the present invention, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, “the third lens group III is moved to the object side to move the third lens group III. It is better to reduce the burden on the second lens group II and secure the degree of freedom of aberration correction. Also, when zooming from the wide angle end to the telephoto end, the “first lens group By moving I toward the object side, the height of the light beam passing through the first lens group I at the wide angle end can be reduced, and the enlargement of the first lens group I associated with the widening of the angle can be suppressed, and telephoto At the end, a long distance can be achieved by ensuring a large interval between the first lens group I and the second lens group II.

In this case, if the parameter (8): (D 12T −D 12W ) / f T is 0.50 or less, the “contribution to zooming of the second lens group II” becomes small, and the third lens group III Either the burden on zooming increases or the “refractive power of the first and second lens units” must be increased, which in any case leads to “deterioration of various aberrations”. In addition, the total lens length at the wide-angle end is increased, and the height of the light beam passing through the first lens group is increased, leading to “upsizing of the first lens group”.
Parameter: (D 12T −D 12W ) / f When T is set to 0.85 or more, the “total length at the wide-angle end” becomes too short, or the total length at the telephoto end becomes too long. If the total length at the wide angle end becomes too short, the “moving space of the third lens group” is limited, and the contribution of the third lens group to zooming becomes small, making it difficult to correct the entire aberration. If the total length at the telephoto end becomes too long, it will not only prevent “downsizing in the total length direction” but also increase the radial direction to secure the peripheral light quantity at the telephoto end, and manufacturing errors such as tilting the lens barrel. Degradation of the image performance due to is likely to be caused.
The parameter: (D 12T −D 12W ) / f T is more preferably the condition:
(8A) 0.60 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.75
It is good to satisfy.

On the other hand, if the parameter (9): (D 23W −D 23T ) / f T that regulates the change in the distance between the second lens group II and the third lens group III is 0.25 or less, the third lens group The contribution to zooming of III becomes small and the burden on zooming of the second lens group II increases, or the refractive power of the third lens group III itself has to be strengthened. Invite. When the above parameter is set to 0.65 or more, the “lens total length at the wide angle end” becomes longer, the height of the light beam passing through the first lens group I is increased, and the size of the first lens group I is increased.
The parameter: (D 23W −D 23T ) / f T is more preferably the condition:
(9A) 0.30 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.60
Is preferably satisfied.
Regarding aberration correction, it is preferable that the conditions (10) and (11) are further satisfied. If the parameter: | f 2 | / f 3 of the condition (10) is 0.5 or less, the second lens group II If the refractive power of the third lens group III is too high, the refractive power of the third lens group III becomes too strong, and in any case, “aberration fluctuation during zooming” tends to increase.

Condition (11) parameter: When f 1 / f W is 6.0 or less, “the imaging magnification of the second lens group II approaches the same magnification and the zooming efficiency increases, which is advantageous for high zooming”. However, each lens of the first lens group I requires a large refractive power, and there is a detrimental effect such as deterioration of chromatic aberration at the telephoto end. In particular, this is disadvantageous for downsizing in the storage state. On the contrary, if the parameter f 1 / f W is set to 12.0 or more, the contribution of the second lens group II to the zooming becomes small and it becomes difficult to increase the zooming.

  As in the case of claim 83, the aperture stop is moved independently of the adjacent lens group, and the "interval between the aperture stop and the third lens group III" is made the widest at the wide-angle end, so that the wide-angle end , The aperture stop can be brought closer to the first lens group I, so that the “height of the light beam passing through the first lens group I” can be made lower, and further miniaturization of the first lens group can be achieved.

Hereinafter, conditions for performing “better aberration correction” within a range that does not hinder downsizing of the zoom lens will be described.
The first lens group I is preferably “a configuration having at least one negative lens and at least one positive lens” from the object side. More specifically, it is composed of “a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side in order from the object side, and a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side” or “object side in order from the object side” And a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the surface, a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side, and a positive lens having a strong convex surface facing the object side.
When the entire system is configured by “only three lenses of positive, negative, and positive” (Claim 79), the third lens group is “four lenses of a positive lens, a positive lens, a negative lens, and a positive lens in order from the object side”. Is preferable. Here, the second lens and the third lens from the object side may be appropriately joined. Further, when the entire system is composed of “four lens groups of positive, negative, positive, and positive”, the third lens group III is composed of “three lenses of a positive lens, a positive lens, and a negative lens in order from the object side”. It is preferable. In this case, the second lens and the third lens from the object side may be appropriately joined.

In the case where the entire system is configured with four positive, negative, positive, and positive lens groups, the fourth lens group is preferably configured with one positive lens. In “focusing to a finite distance”, the method of moving only the fourth lens group may have the smallest “weight of an object to be moved”. The fourth lens group has a small movement amount at the time of zooming, and there is an advantage that a moving mechanism for zooming can be used as a moving mechanism for focusing.
An aspherical surface is indispensable for further downsizing while maintaining good aberration correction, but it is preferable that at least the third lens group III has at least one aspherical surface other than the second lens group II. The aspheric surface in the third lens group III is mainly effective for correcting spherical aberration and coma.
As an aspherical lens, optical glass or optical plastic molded (glass molded aspherical surface, plastic molded aspherical surface) or “a thin resin layer molded on the surface of a glass lens and the surface is aspherical ( Hybrid aspherical surface, replica aspherical surface, etc.) ”can be used.
Considering the adoption of a glass mold aspherical lens on the most image side of the second lens group II, if the lens on the most image side of the second lens group II is a positive lens, a heavy flint is used for chromatic aberration correction. However, there is a problem that there are few heavy flint type glass types suitable for molds. As in this embodiment, when the “lens closest to the image side of the second lens group” is a negative lens, there are many types of glass suitable for the mold, which are lanthanum crown type to tantalum flint type for correcting chromatic aberration.

In addition, when considering using a hybrid aspherical surface for the “most image side surface of the second lens group II (image side surface of the negative lens on the image side)”, a mold for molding the resin layer is applied. For convenience, a slightly larger lens outer diameter is required, but if the lens closest to the image side of the second lens group II is a positive lens, the lens edge thickness may be reduced and processing may not be possible. When the most image side lens of the second lens group II is a negative lens as in the present invention, the edge thickness is increased, so that no processing problems occur.
According to the 84th aspect, "the opening diameter of the aperture is made constant regardless of zooming" may be simplified in terms of mechanism. Further, as described in claim 85, the “change in F number accompanying zooming” can be reduced by increasing the open diameter of the long focal end compared to the short focal end.
If it is necessary to reduce the amount of light that reaches the image plane, the aperture may be made smaller. However, if the amount of light is reduced by “inserting an ND filter” without greatly changing the aperture diameter, diffraction is reduced. It is preferable because a reduction in resolution due to a phenomenon can be prevented.

Specific examples of the zoom lens according to the fourth embodiment are given below. The maximum image height: Y ′ is 3.50 mm in Example 5, and 3.70 mm in Examples 2 to 4.
In each embodiment, the parallel plate disposed on the image plane side of the lens system is assumed to be various filters such as an optical low-pass filter and an infrared cut filter, and a cover glass (seal glass) of an image sensor such as a CCD. It is.
The lens materials are all optical glass except that the ninth lens (fourth lens group) of Example 7 is optical plastic.
In each of the embodiments, the aberration is sufficiently corrected, and it can be applied to an imaging element having a diagonal size of about 6 to 9 mm and a number of pixels of 3 to 5 million pixels.

The meaning of each symbol in the examples is as follows.
f: Focal length of the entire system
F: F number ω: Half angle of view (degrees)
R: radius of curvature
D: Surface spacing (including aperture surface)
N d : Refractive index ν d : Abbe number
K: Aspheric conical constant
A 4 : Fourth-order aspheric coefficient
A 6 : 6th-order aspheric coefficient
A 8 : 8th-order aspheric coefficient
A 10 : 10th-order aspherical coefficient Aspherical surface (marked with an asterisk in the data of each example to indicate that it is an aspherical surface) is the reciprocal of the paraxial radius of curvature (paraxial curvature). C, the height from the optical axis is defined as H, and is defined by the well-known formula below. The shape is specified by giving values of conic constant: K and higher order spherical surface coefficients: A 4 to A 10. .

f = 4.42 to 20.35, F = 2.89 to 4.62, ω = 39.55 to 9.62
Surface number RDN d ν d Remarks
01 56.183 0.90 1.84666 23.78 First lens
02 22.306 2.46 1.77250 49.62 Second lens
03 129.168 0.10
04 19.540 1.90 1.77250 49.62 Third lens
05 44.088 Variable (A)
06 * 31.255 0.84 1.83500 42.98 4th lens
07 3.826 2.10
08 143.581 2.45 1.76182 26.61 5th lens
09 -5.555 0.74 1.83500 42.98 6th lens
10 * -39.380 Variable (B)
11 Aperture variable (C)
12 * 8.333 1.80 1.58913 61.25 7th lens
13 -152.107 0.23
14 7.167 2.74 1.48749 70.44 Eighth lens
15 14.162 0.85 1.84666 23.78 9th lens
16 4.894 0.24
17 5.782 2.02 1.48749 70.44 10th lens
18 * -13.873 Variable (D)
19 ∞ 0.90 1.51680 64.20 Various filters
20 ∞

Aspherical 6th surface
K = 0.0, A 4 = 1.84029 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -4.83681 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 1.03688 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -1.32922 × 10 -9
10th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -5.53512 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -2.57934 × 10 -5 , A 8 = 1.05288 × 10 -6 ,
A 10 = -1.31801 × 10 -7
12th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -2.23709 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -8.77690 × 10 -7 , A 8 = 3.19167 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -1.93 115 × 10 -8
18th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = 8.00477 × 10 -4 , A 6 = 2.50817 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 5.14171 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -1.09665 × 10 -7 .

Variable amount Short focal end Medium focal length Long focal end
f = 4.425 f = 9.488 f = 20.350
A 1.000 7.240 14.505
B 8.095 3.256 1.200
C 4.494 2.617 1.000
D 7.045 9.488 12.498

Parameter value of conditional expression
Y ' max / f W = 0.791
{(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y'max = 0.00732
{(N 2O -1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1- N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.01593
R2C / Y ' max = -1.59
(D 12T -D 12W ) / f T = 0.664
(D 23W -D 23T ) / f T = 0.510
| f 2 | / f 3 = 0.689
| f 1 | / f W = 8.00
The lens configuration of the zoom lens of Example 5 is shown in FIG. In addition, FIG. 49 shows aberration diagrams at the short focal point for Example 5, FIG. 50 shows aberration diagrams at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 51 shows aberration diagrams at the long focal point.

  In the lens configuration diagram, I is the first lens group, II is the second lens group, III is the third lens group, F is “various filters”, and S is the stop. The same applies to FIGS. 46 to 48.

The broken line in the spherical aberration diagram indicates “sine condition”, the solid line in the astigmatism diagram indicates sagittal, and the broken line indicates meridional. Further, “g” and “d” represent the g line and the d line, respectively.
The same applies to other aberration diagrams.

f = 4.74 to 21.55, F = 3.61 to 4.80, ω = 39.16 to 9.64
Surface number RDN d ν d Remarks
01 18.565 0.90 1.92286 20.88 First lens
02 12.194 3.90 1.72342 37.99 Second lens
03 58.393 Variable (A)
04 * 70.501 0.84 1.83500 42.98 Third lens
05 4.859 2.42
06 24.219 2.54 1.76182 26.61 4th lens
07 -9.529 0.74 1.83500 42.9 5th lens
08 * -247.508 Variable (B)
09 Aperture variable (C)
10 * 8.333 3.01 1.58913 61.25 6th lens
11 * -10.376 0.10
12 12.420 2.34 1.75500 52.32 7th lens
13 -7.111 1.35 1.68893 31.16 Eighth lens
14 4.591 Variable (D)
15 * 13.631 1.66 1.58913 61.25 9th lens
16 -45.606 Variable (E)
17 ∞ 0.90 1.51680 64.20 Various filters
18 ∞

Aspherical fourth surface
K = 0.0, A 4 = 1.78565 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -1.75390 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 6.61261 × 10 -9 ,
A 10 = 1.23143 × 10 -11
8th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -3.04000 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -7.18126 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 1.05398 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -2.21354 × 10 -8
10th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -6.40609 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -7.03343 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 8.98513 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -9.73391 × 10 -8
11th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = 2.20124 × 10-4, A 6 = -8.24086 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 1.09927 × 10 -6 ,
A 10 = -1.05069 × 10 -7
15th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -5.79936 × 10 -5 , A 6 = 8.76394 × 10 -6 , A 8 = -2.58155 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = 4.31238 × 10 -9 .

Variable amount Short focal end Medium focal length Long focal end
f = 4.738 f = 10.103 f = 21.545
A 0.600 7.679 15.059
B 10.083 4.179 1.200
C 4.076 2.608 1.000
D 3.075 6.493 10.666
E 2.597 2.591 2.553.

Parameter value of conditional expression
Y ' max / f W = 0.781
{(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.00923
{(N 2O -1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1- N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.02940
R 2C / Y ' max = -2.58
(D 12T -D 12W ) / f T = 0.671
(D 23W -D 23T ) / f T = 0.555
| f 2 | / f 3 = 0.860
| f 1 | / f W = 9.35
The lens configuration of the zoom lens of Example 6 is shown in FIG. IV indicates a fourth lens group.
In addition, FIG. 52 shows aberration diagrams at the short focal point relating to Example 6, FIG. 53 shows aberration diagrams at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 54 shows aberration diagrams at the long focal point.

f = 4.74 to 21.59, F = 3.32 to 4.98, ω = 39.14 to 9.55
Surface number RDN d ν d Remarks
01 23.330 1.00 1.84666 23.80 First lens
02 15.002 0.26
03 15.442 3.47 1.77250 49.60 Second lens
04 135.649 Variable (A)
05 * 91.446 0.84 1.83481 42.70 Third lens
06 4.439 1.77
07 15.704 2.67 1.74077 27.80 Fourth lens
08 -6.205 0.74 1.83481 42.70 5th lens
09 * 632.018 Variable (B)
10 Aperture variable (C)
11 * 8.333 2.78 1.58913 61.15 6th lens
12 * -8.607 0.10
13 15.588 2.42 1.83481 42.70 7th lens
14 -4.691 0.80 1.69895 30.10 Eighth lens
15 4.498 Variable (D)
16 * 12.500 2.21 1.54340 56.00 9th lens
17 -34.711 Variable (E)
18 ∞ 0.90 1.51680 64.20 Various filters
19 ∞

Aspheric surface 5
K = 0.0, A 4 = 2.42400 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -2.92208 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 9.40210 × 10 -9 ,
A 10 = -4.16456 × 10 -11
9th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -5.16761 × 10 -4 , A 6 = 1.81605 × 10 -6 , A 8 = -1.01642 × 10 -6 ,
A 10 = -1.75699 × 10 -8
11th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -1.08496 × 10 -3 , A 6 = -2.17192 × 10 -5 , A 8 = 5.79037 × 10 -6 ,
A 10 = -5.25493 × 10 -7
12th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = 4.85474 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -4.49460 × 10 -5 , A 8 = 8.98429 × 10 -6 ,
A 10 = -5.68154 × 10 -7
16th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -5.46424 × 10 -5 , A 6 = 1.80637 × 10 -5 , A 8 = -9.17793 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = 2.09899 × 10 −8 .

Variable amount Short focal end Medium focal length Long focal end
f = 4.740 f = 10.131 f = 21.591
A 0.600 6.655 15.680
B 7.051 4.217 1.200
C 3.043 1.054 1.000
D 2.000 7.725 10.995
E 3.484 2.583 2.382

Parameter value of conditional expression
Y ' max / f W = 0.781
{(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.00536
{(N 2O -1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1- N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.01951
R 2C / Y ' max = -1.68
(D 12T -D 12W ) / f T = 0.698
(D 23W -D 23T ) / f T = 0.366
| f 2 | / f 3 = 0.792
| f 1 | / f W = 8.44
The lens configuration of the zoom lens of Example 7 is shown in FIG. IV indicates a fourth lens group.
In addition, FIG. 55 shows aberration diagrams at the short focal end relating to Example 7, FIG. 56 shows aberration diagrams at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 57 shows aberration diagrams at the long focal end.

f = 4.74 to 21.62, F = 3.42 to 4.99, ω = 39.12 to 9.50
Surface number RDN d ν d Remarks
01 96.656 0.90 1.84666 23.78 First lens
02 29.314 2.72 1.77250 49.62 Second lens
03 -219.341 0.10
04 20.153 1.80 1.77250 49.62 Third lens
05 33.538 Variable (A)
06 * 18.011 0.84 1.83500 42.98 4th lens
07 3.936 2.07
08 74.837 1.95 1.84666 23.78 5th lens
09 -9.146 0.74 1.80420 46.50 6th lens
10 * 759.807 Variable (B)
11 Aperture variable (C)
12 * 8.333 3.34 1.58913 61.25 7th lens
13 * -8.827 0.10
14 12.236 2.45 1.75500 52.32 Eighth lens
15 -7.054 0.80 1.69895 30.05 9th lens
16 4.892 Variable (D)
17 * 10.651 1.83 1.58913 61.25 10th lens
18 -261.223 Variable (E)
19 ∞ 0.90 1.51680 64.20 Various filters
20 ∞

Aspherical 6th surface
K = 0.0, A 4 = -8.08791 × 10 -5 , A 6 = -2.03124 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 6.26638 × 10 -9 ,
A 10 = -6.12352 × 10 -11
10th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -7.52609 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -1.24401 × 10 -5 , A 8 = -9.65466 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -8.33332 × 10 -8
12th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -7.07947 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -1.16179 × 10 -6 , A 8 = 6.72505 × 10 -8 ,
A 10 = -2.53913 × 10 -8
Side 13
K = 0.0, A 4 = 3.43658 × 10 -4 , A 6 = -1.44022 × 10 -6 , A 8 = -1.33484 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = -1.40822 × 10 -8
17th page
K = 0.0, A 4 = -4.75410 × 10 -5 , A 6 = 1.15429 × 10 -5 , A 8 = -4.87258 × 10 -7 ,
A 10 = 9.54084 × 10 -9 .

Variable amount
Short focal end Intermediate focal length Long focal end
f = 4.741 f = 10.112 f = 21.624
A 0.600 6.160 15.040
B 6.288 2.111 1.200
C 3.888 3.173 1.000
D 2.000 7.785 11.065
E 3.440 2.547 2.351

Parameter value of conditional expression
Y ' max / f W = 0.780
{(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.00728
{(N 2O -1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1- N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ' max = 0.00080
R 2C / Y ' max = -2.47
(D 12T -D 12W ) / f T = 0.668
(D 23W -D 23T ) / f T = 0.369
| f 2 | / f 3 = 0.795
| f 1 | / f W = 8.14
The lens configuration of the zoom lens of Example 8 is shown in FIG. IV indicates the fourth lens group IV.
In addition, FIG. 58 shows aberration diagrams at the short focal point in Example 8, FIG. 59 shows aberration diagrams at the intermediate focal length, and FIG. 60 shows aberration diagrams at the long focal point.

The perspective view which looked at the structure of the principal part of the lens barrel part in the retracted accommodation state which retracted and accommodated the lens group of the optical system apparatus containing the lens barrel based on the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the object side. is there. It is the perspective view which looked at the structure of the principal part in the state of FIG. 1 from the image plane side. It is the typical perspective view which looked at the composition of the principal part of the optical system apparatus containing the lens barrel and lens barrier in the retracted storage state which closed the lens barrier from the object side. FIG. 4 is a schematic perspective view of the configuration of the main part in the state of FIG. 3 viewed from the image plane side. FIG. 3 is a schematic perspective view of the configuration of the main part of the lens barrel part and the lens barrier part viewed from the image plane side in a state where the lens barrier opened in the photographing state in which the lens group is projected is being closed. It is the perspective view which looked at the structure of the principal part of the lens barrel part in the imaging | photography state which protruded the lens group from the image plane side. In order to explain the operation of the third lens holding frame that holds the third lens group and the collision preventing piece, the arrangement configuration of the third lens holding frame, the collision preventing piece, and the fourth lens holding frame portion in the retracted state of the lens group. It is the perspective view seen from the object side. In order to explain the operation of the third lens holding frame that holds the third lens group and the collision prevention piece, the arrangement configuration of the third lens holding frame, the collision prevention piece, and the fourth lens holding frame portion in the shooting state in which the lens group is projected. It is the perspective view which looked at from the object side. (A) shows a state of projecting to the telephoto position, and (b) shows a state of projecting to the mouth corner position. In both figures, the lens groups are arranged in the upper half and the lower half with the lens optical axis as a boundary. FIG. 3 is a longitudinal sectional view showing main parts of each lens group, lens holding frame, and various lens barrels in a lens barrel in a photographing state in which the lens is projected and in a retracted retracted state in which the lens barrel is retracted; It is an expanded view which expands and shows typically the shape of the cam groove formed in the 2nd rotation cylinder. It is an expanded view which develops and shows typically the shape of the cam groove formed in the cam cylinder. FIG. 4 is a development view schematically showing the shape of the cam groove and the key groove formed in the first liner and omitting the helicoid. FIG. 3 is a development view schematically showing cam grooves and key grooves formed in a fixed lens barrel and omitting a helicoid. FIG. 14 is a developed view schematically showing a helicoid added to FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the external appearance of the 1st rotation cylinder fitted to a helicoid. It is a side view which shows the structure of a 3rd lens holding frame and its drive operation system. It is a perspective view of Fig.14 (a). It is a perspective view which shows typically the structure of a 3rd lens holding frame and its drive operation system. FIG. 6 is a front view of the third lens holding frame portion as viewed from the image plane side in order to explain the operation of the third lens holding frame. It is a perspective view which mainly shows a shutter part. It is the perspective view seen from the object side which shows typically the appearance composition of the camera concerning a 2nd embodiment of the present invention, and (a) is the state where the photographing lens is retracted in the body of the camera, b) shows a state in which the taking lens protrudes from the body of the camera. It is the perspective view seen from the photographer side which shows typically the external appearance structure of the camera of FIG. It is a block diagram which shows typically the function structure of the camera of FIG. (A) is a perspective view schematically showing the configuration of a main part of the fourth lens holding frame and its drive operation system, and (b) is a perspective view showing a state viewed from a different angle with a part thereof omitted. FIG. It is a block diagram which shows typically the structure of a drive control system. It is a timing chart which shows the sequence at the time of the barrier opening in a starting sequence. It is a timing chart which shows the sequence at the time of barrier closing from barrier opening in a starting sequence. The reset sequence will be described, in which (a) is a chart and (b) is a timing chart. It is a timing chart which shows the storage sequence at the time of a barrier closing. It is a flowchart which shows a zoom sequence. 6 is a timing chart showing a zoom sequence during zooming from a wide-angle position to a telephoto position. 6 is a timing chart showing a zoom sequence during zooming from a telephoto position to a wide-angle position. 1 is a cross-sectional view along an optical axis schematically showing the configuration of an optical system of a zoom lens according to Example 1 of the present invention. It is sectional drawing along the optical axis which shows typically the structure of the optical system of the zoom lens which concerns on Example 2 of this invention. It is sectional drawing along the optical axis which shows typically the structure of the optical system of the zoom lens which concerns on Example 3 of this invention. It is sectional drawing along the optical axis which shows typically the structure of the optical system of the zoom lens which concerns on Example 4 of this invention. FIG. 30 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the wide-angle end of the zoom lens according to Example 1 illustrated in FIG. 29. FIG. 30 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 1 illustrated in FIG. 29. FIG. 30 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion aberration, and coma aberration at the telephoto end of the zoom lens according to Example 1 illustrated in FIG. 29. FIG. 31 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the wide-angle end of the zoom lens according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention shown in FIG. 30. FIG. 31 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 2 illustrated in FIG. 30. FIG. 31 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion aberration and coma aberration at the telephoto end of the zoom lens according to Example 2 illustrated in FIG. 30. FIG. 32 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the wide-angle end of the zoom lens according to Example 3 illustrated in FIG. 31. FIG. 32 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 3 illustrated in FIG. 31. FIG. 32 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the telephoto end of the zoom lens according to Example 3 illustrated in FIG. 31. FIG. 33 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the wide-angle end of the zoom lens according to Example 4 illustrated in FIG. 32. FIG. 33 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration in the intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 4 illustrated in FIG. 32. FIG. 33 is an aberration curve diagram showing spherical aberration, astigmatism, distortion and coma aberration at the telephoto end of the zoom lens according to Example 4 illustrated in FIG. 32. 6 is a diagram illustrating a lens configuration of a zoom lens according to Example 5. FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a lens configuration of a zoom lens according to Example 6; FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a lens configuration of a zoom lens according to Example 7. 10 is a diagram illustrating a lens configuration of a zoom lens according to Example 8. FIG. FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at a short focal end of the zoom lens according to Example 5; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at an intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 5; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at a long focal end of a zoom lens in Example 5; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at a short focal end of the zoom lens according to Example 6; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at an intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 6; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at a long focal point of the zoom lens in Example 6; 10 is an aberration diagram at a short focal point of the zoom lens according to Example 7; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at an intermediate focal length of the zoom lens in Example 7. FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at a long focal end of a zoom lens in Example 7. FIG. FIG. 12 is an aberration diagram at a short focal end of the zoom lens according to Example 8; FIG. 10 is an aberration diagram at an intermediate focal length of the zoom lens according to Example 8; FIG. 12 is an aberration diagram at a long focal point of the zoom lens in Example 8;

Explanation of symbols

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 11 1st lens group 12 2nd lens group 13 3rd lens group 14 4th lens group 15 Shutter / aperture unit 16 Solid-state image sensor 17 Lens holding frame 18 Cover glass 19 Low pass filter 21 Fixed frame 21a Fixed lens barrel 22 1st Rotating cylinder 23 First liner 24 Second rotating cylinder 25 Second liner 26 Cam cylinder 27 Straight advance cylinder 31 Third lens holding frame 32 Third group main guide shaft 33 Third group sub guide shaft 34 Third group lead screw 35 Third group female screw member 36 Collision preventing piece 37 Compression torsion spring 38 Third group photo interrupter (position detecting device)
41 4th lens holding frame 42 4th group sub guide shaft 43 4th group spring 44 4th group main guide shaft 45 4th group lead screw 46 4th group female screw member 47 4th group photo interrupter 51 Zoom motor 52 3rd group Motor 53 Fourth group motor 61 Barrier control piece 62 Lens barrier 63 Barrier drive system 71, 72, 73, 74 Gear 81 Holding plate 82 Lens barrel base 101 Shooting lens 102 Shutter button 103 Zoom lever 104 Viewfinder 105 Strobe 106 Liquid crystal monitor 107 Operation Button 108 Power switch 109 Memory card slot 110 Communication card slot 201 Light receiving element (area sensor)
202 Signal Processing Unit 203 Image Processing Unit 204 Central Processing Unit (CPU)
205 Semiconductor memory 206 Communication card 301 Barrier operation unit 501 Central processing unit 502 Motor driver 503 First to second group DC (direct current) motor 504 First aperture motor 505 Second aperture motor 506 Shutter motor 507 Third group Pulse motor 508 Fourth group pulse motor 509 First to second group photo interrupters 510 First to second group photo reflectors 511 Third group photo interrupters 512 Fourth group photo interrupters 513 First to second group photo interrupter drive circuits 514 First to second group photo reflector driving circuit 515 Third group photo interrupter driving circuit 516 Fourth group photo interrupter driving circuit G1 First lens group G2 Second lens group G3 Third lens group G4 Fourth lens group G5 Fifth lens Group E1-E10 lens FA Aperture FC Filter / Cover I Group 1
II Second group
III Group 3
IV Fourth lens group S Aperture F Various filters

Claims (109)

  1. At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel that holds at least one lens holding frame inside, and the lens In a lens barrel provided with lens holding frame driving means for driving the holding frame,
    The lens holding frame is
    In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is located outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. A lens barrel comprising a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens to be retracted.
  2. At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, comprising: a plurality of lens holding frames that hold the plurality of lens groups for each lens group; and a lens holding frame driving unit that drives the lens holding frame.
    The lens holding frame is
    In the photographing state, all the lens groups are positioned on the same optical axis, and in the retracted state, at least one lens group is retracted outside the maximum outer diameter of the lens barrel of the other lens group. A lens barrel comprising a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving one lens group.
  3. At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames that hold at least one lens constituting the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel that holds at least one of the lens holding frames therein, and the retractable lens In a lens barrel comprising: a fixed barrel that houses the movable lens barrel in a state; and a lens holding frame driving unit that drives the lens holding frame;
    The lens holding frame is
    In the photographing state, all the lenses constituting the plurality of lens groups are positioned inside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel, and in the retracted state, the at least one lens is formed on the wall of the fixed barrel. A lens barrel including a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens so as to retract from the optical axis composed of the plurality of lens groups by passing the opening.
  4. At least a part of a plurality of lens groups each having one or more lenses is retracted to move from at least a part of the lens group to the objective side from a retracted state in which the lens group is housed. A lens barrel, a plurality of lens holding frames for holding the plurality of lens groups, a movable lens barrel for holding at least one lens holding frame therein, and a lens holding for driving the lens holding frame In a lens barrel provided with a frame driving means,
    The lens holding frame is
    In the photographing state, all the lens groups are positioned on the same optical axis, and in the retracted state, at least one lens group of the plurality of lens groups is separated from the other lens groups in the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel. A lens barrel comprising a retractable lens holding frame for holding and moving the at least one lens group to be retracted outward.
  5.   The lens barrel according to claim 1, wherein the retractable lens holding frame is moved back and forth in the optical axis direction during photographing.
  6.   The lens holding frame driving means includes a single retraction frame driving source used in common for a retraction movement driving source of the retraction lens holding frame and a reciprocation driving source in the optical axis direction. The lens barrel according to claim 5.
  7.   The retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame by the retracting frame driving source includes a lead screw for retracting the retracting lens retaining frame in the direction outside the optical axis and for moving forward and backward in the optical axis direction. The lens barrel according to claim 6.
  8.   8. The retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens retaining frame, wherein a cam surface for retracting the retracting lens retaining frame is formed integrally with the retracting lens retaining frame. The lens barrel described.
  9.   The retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame includes a female screw member that is screwed to the lead screw and formed with a sliding contact portion, and the sliding contact portion of the female screw member is connected to the retracting lens holding frame. The lens barrel according to claim 8, wherein the retractable lens holding frame is retracted by slidingly contacting an integrally formed cam surface.
  10.   The retracting frame driving system for driving the retracting lens holding frame includes a female screw member that is screwed into the lead screw and has a contact engaging portion formed therein, and the contact engaging portion of the female screw member is the retracting member. 9. The retractable lens holding frame is moved in the optical axis direction by engaging with a contact engaging surface formed integrally with the lens holding frame. Lens barrel.
  11.   11. The lens according to claim 1, further comprising means for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame in a direction in which the retractable lens holding frame is inserted on an optical axis of the other lens group. The lens barrel.
  12.   The lens according to claim 1, further comprising means for constantly urging the retractable lens holding frame in a retracted direction along an optical axis direction of the other lens group. The lens barrel.
  13.   The retractable lens holding frame further includes a common single compression torsion spring that constantly biases the retractable lens holding frame in the direction of insertion on the optical axis of the other lens group and always biases in the retracted direction along the optical axis direction. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the lens barrel is characterized.
  14.   The retraction lens holding frame further includes a main guide member, and the retraction lens holding frame rotates around the main guide member to achieve retraction from the optical axis of the other lens group and insertion onto the optical axis. The lens barrel according to claim 1, wherein:
  15.   The retractable lens holding frame further includes a sub guide member, and the optical axis position is defined by a frame stopper portion integrally provided on the retractable lens holding frame contacting the sub guide member. The lens barrel according to claim 14.
  16.   The retractable lens holding frame further includes a sub guide member, and a frame stopper portion integrally provided on the retractable lens holding frame advances and retreats along the optical axis direction while contacting the sub guide member. The lens barrel according to claim 14 or 15.
  17.   In order to retract the lens barrel of the group closer to the object side than the retractable lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame in the lens barrel to retract from the predetermined position, the position detector The lens barrel according to claim 1, wherein a signal from the lens barrel is required.
  18.   The position detection device is a photo interrupter, and is provided integrally with a fixed frame, and the retractable lens holding frame includes a light shielding piece for controlling the photo interrupter. The lens barrel described.
  19.   17. The lens barrel according to claim 16, wherein the frame stopper portion is provided closer to a focus position than a lens located at the rearmost end of the retractable lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame. .
  20.   The lens barrel according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the sub guide member is installed on an inner side than an innermost diameter of the movable lens barrel.
  21. The shutter mechanism portion having an outer shape in which a relief shape is formed in a substantially circular part, and the sub guide member is installed in a relief shape portion of the shutter mechanism portion. The lens barrel according to claim 16.
  22. The other lens group includes a focusing lens group including one or more lenses for focus adjustment,
    The lens barrel further includes a sub guide member for guiding a lens holding frame that holds the focusing lens group;
    The lens barrel according to claim 21, wherein the sub guide member is installed at a relief shape position of the shutter mechanism portion.
  23. When placed in the camera, a finder mechanism is further installed on one side corresponding to the upper outside of the fixed barrel,
    A drive source and a transmission mechanism for moving the movable lens barrel between the retracted state and the state moved to the objective side are installed on the other side of the fixed barrel,
    5. The lens barrel according to claim 3, wherein the retractable lens holding frame is stored below the fixed lens barrel in a retracted state of the movable lens barrel.
  24. The length of the retractable lens holding frame in the optical axis direction is longer than any of the lens holding frames of the other lens groups, and the length of the lens group held by the retractable lens holding frame is 24. The lens barrel according to claim 23, wherein at least one condition of being longer than any of the lens groups of the other lens groups is satisfied.
  25.   The lens barrel according to claim 23 or 24, wherein an outer diameter of the retractable lens holding frame is smaller than any of the lens holding frames of the other lens group.
  26. Using a plurality of lens holding frames that hold the plurality of lens groups for each lens group, a movable lens barrel that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward, and holds the lens holding frame inside, and the movable lens barrel. A lens holding frame driving means for driving the lens holding frame; and a fixed barrel provided at a fixed position, and the fixed barrel is configured to compress the retracting lens holding frame at all times. The lens barrel according to claim 13, wherein a step shape is provided on a surface against which the torsion spring abuts.
  27. A detector for detecting that the movable lens barrel is extended;
    6. The detector according to claim 4, wherein the detector generates a signal in the vicinity of the maximum extended position of the movable lens barrel and after the movable lens barrel reaches the maximum extended position. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 23 to 25.
  28. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving at least a part of the lens group from the retracted state in which at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted to house the lens group to the objective side,
    At least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group, a movable lens barrel that is movably provided to hold the lens holding frame inside, and drives the lens holding frame using the movable lens barrel Lens holding frame driving means, and a fixed barrel provided with a fixed position,
    A lens barrel comprising a helicoid thread on the inner periphery of the fixed barrel, and a subject side end surface of the helicoid thread forming a surface perpendicular to the optical axis.
  29.   The lens holding frame positions all the lens groups on the same optical axis in the photographing state, and at least one lens in the lens group outside the inner diameter of the movable lens barrel in the retracted state. 29. The lens barrel according to claim 28, further comprising a retractable lens holding frame that holds and moves the at least one lens to be retracted.
  30.   The lens barrel according to claim 14, wherein a main guide member serving as a rotation center of the retractable lens holding frame is disposed outside an outer diameter of the fixed barrel.
  31.   The anti-collision member rotatably installed on the fixed barrel and urging means for always urging the anti-collision member toward the optical axis are provided, and at least a part of the anti-collision member includes the retracting lens. When the holding frame has not shifted to the retracted state, it is positioned within the fixed barrel, and when the retractable lens retaining frame has shifted to the retracted state, the holding frame moves to the outside of the fixed barrel. The lens barrel according to claim 3 or 4.
  32. A lens barrel that is in a photographing state by moving at least a part of the lens group from the retracted state in which at least a part of the lens group having one or more lenses is retracted to house the lens group to the objective side,
    At least one lens holding frame that holds the lens group; a movable lens barrel that is movably provided to hold the lens holding frame; and lens holding frame driving means that drives the lens holding frame; A focusing lens group including one or more lenses for focus adjustment, and a focusing lens holding frame that is provided so as to be movable forward and backward and holds the focusing lens group;
    A driving source for driving the focusing lens holding frame; and an urging means for urging the focusing lens holding frame substantially parallel to the optical axis and toward the subject side, the focusing lens holding A lens barrel characterized in that the final movement to the retracted position where the frame is positioned closest to the image plane side is performed by pressing with the movable lens barrel.
  33.   A camera comprising an optical system using the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32 as a photographing optical system.
  34.   33. A portable information device having a camera function unit and including an optical system using the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32 as a photographing optical system of the camera function unit. Terminal device.
  35. In the lens driving device that achieves a zooming function by moving the plurality of lens groups in the lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 4 along an optical axis,
    The plurality of lens groups include a plurality of variable magnification lens groups that perform a variable magnification function, and the plurality of variable magnification lens groups that perform a variable magnification function are driven by a plurality of motors.
  36. The plurality of zoom lens groups are
    The lens driving means that includes the first lens group and the second lens group, and that drives and controls these variable power lens groups,
    Means for driving the first lens group with a DC (direct current) motor;
    36. The lens driving device according to claim 35, further comprising means for driving the second lens group with a pulse motor.
  37. The lens driving means includes
    Means for stopping the first lens group when stopping the zoom lens group;
    Means for determining a stop position of the second lens group based on a stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped;
    37. The lens driving device according to claim 36, further comprising means for stopping the second lens group at the determined stop position of the second lens group.
  38. The lens driving means includes
    Means for stopping the first lens group and the second lens group when stopping the zoom lens group;
    Means for determining a stop position of the second lens group based on a stop position of the first lens group after the first lens group is stopped;
    And a means for correcting the stop position of the second lens group by moving the second lens group again to a stop position determined to stop the second lens group. The lens driving device according to claim 36 or claim 37.
  39. The first lens group and the second lens group move in substantially the same direction at the time of zooming, and the first lens group is telephoto in movement from a wide-angle position to a telephoto position as compared with the second lens group. The lens driving means moves the second lens group at a higher speed than the first lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position.
    When zooming from the wide-angle position to the telephoto position, if the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is less than a predetermined distance, the first lens group and the second lens group The lens driving device according to any one of claims 36 to 38, further comprising means for stopping the driving of the second lens group until the interval becomes a predetermined interval or more.
  40. The first lens group and the second lens group move in substantially the same direction during zooming, and the first lens group is telephoto in movement from a telephoto position to a wide-angle position rather than the second lens group. The lens driving means moves the second lens group at a higher speed than the first lens group upon zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position.
    When zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position, if the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group exceeds a predetermined distance, the first lens group and the second lens group 40. The lens driving device according to claim 36, further comprising means for stopping driving of the second lens group until the interval becomes a predetermined interval.
  41.   A camera using the lens driving device according to any one of claims 35 to 40 as a driving device for a photographing optical system.
  42.   41. A portable information terminal having a camera function section and using the lens driving apparatus according to any one of claims 35 to 40 as a driving apparatus for a photographing optical system of the camera function section. apparatus.
  43. As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
    During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
    When the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T,
    Conditional expression:
    0.60 <m4T <0.85
    A lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  44. As an imaging optical system, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end is m4W.
    Conditional expression:
    1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
    44. The lens barrel according to claim 43, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  45. As a photographing optical system, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T.
    Conditional expression:
    0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
    45. The lens barrel according to claim 43 or 44, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  46. As a photographing optical system, a third lens total moving amount of the group when changing magnification from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
    Conditional expression:
    0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
    46. The lens barrel according to claim 43, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  47. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the second lens group is f 2 , and the focal length of the third lens group is f 3 ,
    Conditional expression:
    0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
    47. The lens barrel according to claim 43, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  48. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end is f W.
    Conditional expression:
    6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
    48. The lens barrel according to claim 43, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  49. As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
    During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
    The total amount of movement of the first lens group during zooming to the telephoto end X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T from the wide angle end,
    Conditional expression:
    0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
    A lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  50.   As an imaging optical system, the aperture stop moves independently of adjacent lens groups, and the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 49, further comprising a lens.
  51.   As a photographing optical system, the second lens group includes, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object side. 51. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 50, comprising a zoom lens including three lenses sequentially arranged with a negative lens having a surface with a large curvature.
  52. As a photographic optical system, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , and the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is ν As 2i ,
    Conditional expression:
    1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
    1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
    1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
    52. The lens barrel according to claim 51, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  53. An optical system including a zoom lens;
    53. The lens unit according to claim 43, further comprising: a lens unit that includes a mechanism that supports each optical element constituting the optical system and moves each optical element at least for each lens group. The lens barrel according to item 1.
  54.   A camera including the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 52 as a photographing optical system.
  55.   53. A portable information terminal device comprising the lens barrel according to any one of claims 43 to 52 as a photographing optical system of a camera function unit.
  56. As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
    During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
    When the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T,
    Conditional expression:
    0.60 <m4T <0.85
    41. The lens driving device according to claim 35, comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
  57. As an imaging optical system, the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the telephoto end is m4T, and the imaging magnification of the fourth lens group at the wide-angle end is m4W.
    Conditional expression:
    1.0 <m4T / m4W <1.3
    57. The lens driving device according to claim 56, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  58. As a photographing optical system, the total movement amount of the first lens group accompanying the zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end is X1, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end is f T.
    Conditional expression:
    0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
    58. The lens driving device according to claim 56, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  59. As a photographing optical system, a third lens total moving amount of the group when changing magnification from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end X3, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T,
    Conditional expression:
    0.25 <X3 / f T <0.50
    59. The lens driving device according to claim 56, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  60. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the second lens group is f 2 , and the focal length of the third lens group is f 3 ,
    Conditional expression:
    0.6 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
    60. The lens driving device according to claim 56, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  61. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group is f 1 , and the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end is f W.
    Conditional expression:
    6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
    61. The lens driving device according to claim 56, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  62. As a photographing optical system, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, an aperture stop, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and the first lens group and the third lens group are directed toward the object side with zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. In a zoom lens that moves monotonously,
    During zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the second lens group holds its position fixedly, and the fourth lens group moves at the telephoto end so that it is positioned closer to the image side than the wide-angle end.
    The total amount of movement of the first lens group during zooming to the telephoto end X1, the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end as f T from the wide angle end,
    Conditional expression:
    0.50 <X1 / f T <0.85
    41. The lens driving device according to claim 35, comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
  63.   As an imaging optical system, the aperture stop moves independently of adjacent lens groups, and the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens group is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end. The lens driving device according to claim 62, further comprising a lens.
  64.   As a photographing optical system, the second lens group includes, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object side. 64. The lens driving device according to claim 62, further comprising a zoom lens including three lenses sequentially arranged with a negative lens having a surface with a large curvature.
  65. As a photographic optical system, the refractive index of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is N 2i , and the Abbe number of the i-th lens counted from the object side in the second lens group is ν As 2i ,
    Conditional expression:
    1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
    1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
    1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
    65. The lens driving device according to claim 64, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  66. An optical system including a zoom lens;
    66. A lens unit comprising: a mechanism that supports each optical element constituting the optical system and moves each optical element at least for each lens group. The lens unit according to any one of the above.
  67.   A camera comprising the lens driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 65 as a photographing optical system.
  68.   A portable information terminal device comprising the zoom driving device according to any one of claims 56 to 65 as a photographing optical system of a camera function unit.
  69. As the photographing optical system, the first lens group having a positive refractive power, the second lens group having a negative refractive power, and the third lens group having a positive refractive power are arranged in the above order from the object side to the image side. And having an aperture stop between the second lens group and the third lens group,
    In zoom lenses in which the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is increased and the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is decreased upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end,
    The ratio between the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: fw and the maximum image height: Y ′ max : Y ′ max / fw is the condition:
    (1) 0.70 <Y ' max / f w <1.00
    In the range of
    The second lens group includes, from the object side to the image side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature on the image side, and a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 1 to 32, further comprising a zoom lens configured by arranging three negative lenses facing each other.
  70. As a photographing optical system, the image side surface of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group is an aspherical surface having a shape in which the negative refractive power decreases as the distance from the optical axis increases.
    The refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , and the aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
    (2) 0.0010 <(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) / Y ' max <0.0500
    70. The lens barrel according to claim 69, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  71. As a photographing optical system, the object side surface of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group is aspherical,
    Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group: N 2O , Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , closest to the object side of the second lens group Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the aspheric surface: X 2O (H 0.8 ), Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
    (3) -0.0500 <{(N 2O −1) × X 2O (H 0.8 ) + (1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 )} / Y ′ max <0.1500
    The lens barrel according to claim 70, further comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the following.
  72. As a photographic optical system, the refractive index and Abbe number of the i-th lens material counted from the object side in the second lens group are N 2i and ν 2i (i = 1 to 3):
    (4) 1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
    (5) 1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
    (6) 1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
    72. The lens barrel according to claim 69, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  73.   As a photographic optical system, the three lenses constituting the second lens group are, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object The zoom lens according to any one of claims 69 to 72, wherein the zoom lens includes a negative lens having a concave surface having a large curvature toward the side, and the positive lens and a negative lens on the image side thereof are cemented together. The lens barrel described in the item.
  74. As a photographing optical system, the curvature radius of the cemented surface of the positive lens and the negative lens in the second lens group: R 2C and the maximum image height:
    Ratio with Y ′ max : R 2C / Y ′ max is the condition:
    (7) -3.5 <(R 2C / Y ' max ) <-1.0
    74. The lens barrel according to claim 73, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  75. As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the first lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
    The distance between the first and second lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 12W , the distance between the first and second lens groups at the telephoto end: D 12T, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
    (8) 0.50 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.85
    The lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 74, comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the following.
  76. As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the third lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
    The distance between the second and third lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 23W , the distance between the second and third lens groups at the telephoto end: D 23T , and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
    (9) 0.25 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.65
    76. A lens barrel according to claim 69, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  77. As a photographic optical system, the focal length of the second lens group: f 2 and the focal length of the third lens group: f 3 are the conditions:
    (10) 0.5 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
    77. A lens barrel according to claim 69, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  78. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group; f 1 , the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W , the condition
    (11) 6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
    78. A lens barrel according to claim 69, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  79.   The lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 78, wherein the photographic optical system includes a zoom lens configured by a first lens group to a third lens group.
  80. As a photographing optical system, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power is disposed on the image side of the third lens group,
    When zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group increases.
    79. The zoom lens according to claim 69, further comprising a zoom lens in which at least the first lens group and the third lens group move toward the object side so that the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is reduced. The lens barrel according to claim 1.
  81.   81. The lens barrel according to claim 80, wherein the fourth lens group includes a zoom lens that does not move during zooming as the photographing optical system.
  82.   81. The lens barrel according to claim 80, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the fourth lens group is displaced toward the image side upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end.
  83.   The zoom optical system includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens unit is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 82.
  84.   84. The lens barrel according to claim 69, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which an aperture diameter of an aperture stop is constant regardless of zooming.
  85.   70. A zoom lens in which the aperture diameter of the aperture stop changes depending on the magnification and the aperture diameter at the long focal end is set larger than the aperture diameter at the short focus end as the photographing optical system. The lens barrel according to any one of claims 83 to 83.
  86.   86. A portable information terminal device having a photographing function, comprising the lens barrel according to any one of claims 69 to 85 as a photographing optical system.
  87. The portable information terminal device according to claim 86,
    A portable information terminal device having a photographing function, wherein an object image by a zoom lens is formed on a light receiving surface of an image sensor.
  88. The portable information terminal device according to claim 87,
    A portable information terminal device having an imaging function, wherein the diagonal dimension of the imaging element is 9 mm or less and the number of pixels is 3 million pixels or more.
  89. As the photographing optical system, the first lens group having a positive refractive power, the second lens group having a negative refractive power, and the third lens group having a positive refractive power are arranged in the above order from the object side to the image side. And having an aperture stop between the second lens group and the third lens group,
    In zoom lenses in which the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is increased and the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is decreased upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end,
    The ratio between the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: fw and the maximum image height: Y ′ max : Y ′ max / fw is the condition:
    (1) 0.70 <Y ' max / f w <1.00
    In the range of
    The second lens group includes, from the object side to the image side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface on the image side, a positive lens having a convex surface having a large curvature on the image side, and a concave surface having a large curvature on the object side. 41. The lens driving device according to any one of claims 35 to 40, comprising a zoom lens configured by arranging three negative lenses facing each other.
  90. As a photographing optical system, the image side surface of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group is an aspherical surface having a shape in which the negative refractive power decreases as the distance from the optical axis increases.
    The refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , and the aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the most aspheric surface on the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
    (2) 0.0010 <(1-N 2I ) × X 2I (H 0.8 ) / Y ' max <0.0500
    90. The lens driving device according to claim 89, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  91. As a photographing optical system, the object side surface of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group is aspherical,
    Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the object side in the second lens group: N 2O , Refractive index of the material of the negative lens on the image side in the second lens group: N 2I , closest to the object side of the second lens group Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the aspherical surface: X 2O (H 0.8 ), Aspheric amount at 80% of the maximum effective ray height on the aspherical surface closest to the image side of the second lens group: X 2I (H 0.8 ) and the maximum image height: Y ′ max , the condition:
    (3) -0.0500 <{(N 2O -1) × X 2O (H 0.8) + (1-N 2I) × X 2I (H 0.8)} / Y 'max <0.1500
    The lens driving device according to claim 90, further comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the following.
  92. As a photographic optical system, the refractive index and Abbe number of the i-th lens material counted from the object side in the second lens group are N 2i and ν 2i (i = 1 to 3):
    (4) 1.75 <N 21 <1.90, 35 <ν 21 <50
    (5) 1.65 <N 22 <1.90, 20 <ν 22 <35
    (6) 1.75 <N 23 <1.90, 35 <ν 23 <50
    92. The lens driving device according to claim 89, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  93.   As a photographic optical system, the three lenses constituting the second lens group are, in order from the object side, a negative lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, a positive lens having a large curvature surface facing the image side, and an object 95. The zoom lens according to claim 89, further comprising a zoom lens that is a negative lens having a concave surface with a large curvature on the side, and in which the positive lens and the negative lens on the image side are cemented. The lens driving device according to Item.
  94. As a photographing optical system, the curvature radius of the cemented surface of the positive lens and the negative lens in the second lens group: R 2C and the maximum image height:
    Ratio with Y ′ max : R 2C / Y ′ max is the condition:
    (7) -3.5 <(R 2C / Y ' max ) <-1.0
    94. A lens driving device according to claim 93, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  95. As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the first lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
    The distance between the first and second lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 12W , the distance between the first and second lens groups at the telephoto end: D 12T, and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
    (8) 0.50 <(D 12T −D 12W ) / f T <0.85
    95. The lens driving device according to claim 89, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  96. As a photographic optical system, when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the third lens unit moves monotonously to the object side,
    The distance between the second and third lens groups at the wide-angle end: D 23W , the distance between the second and third lens groups at the telephoto end: D 23T , and the focal length of the entire system at the telephoto end: f T :
    (9) 0.25 <(D 23W −D 23T ) / f T <0.65
    96. The lens driving device according to claim 89, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  97. As a photographic optical system, the focal length of the second lens group: f 2 and the focal length of the third lens group: f 3 are the conditions:
    (10) 0.5 <| f 2 | / f 3 <1.0
    The lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 96, further comprising a zoom lens that satisfies the above.
  98. As a photographing optical system, the focal length of the first lens group; f 1 , the focal length of the entire system at the wide angle end: f W , the condition
    (11) 6.0 <f 1 / f W <12.0
    98. A lens driving device according to claim 89, comprising a zoom lens satisfying the above.
  99.   The lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 98, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens including a first lens group to a third lens group.
  100. As a photographing optical system, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power is disposed on the image side of the third lens group,
    When zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group increases.
    99. The zoom lens according to claim 89, wherein at least the first lens group and the third lens group include a zoom lens that moves toward the object side so that a distance between the second lens group and the third lens group is small. The lens driving device according to any one of the above.
  101.   101. The lens driving apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the fourth lens group includes a zoom lens that does not move during zooming as the photographing optical system.
  102.   The lens driving apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which the fourth lens group is displaced toward the image side upon zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end.
  103.   The zoom optical system includes a zoom lens in which the distance between the aperture stop and the third lens unit is widest at the wide-angle end and narrowest at the telephoto end when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end. The lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 102.
  104.   The lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 103, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which an opening diameter of an aperture stop is constant regardless of zooming.
  105.   90. The zoom lens according to claim 89, wherein the photographing optical system includes a zoom lens in which an opening diameter of an aperture stop changes depending on a magnification, and an opening diameter at a long focal end is set larger than an opening diameter at a short focal end. The lens driving device according to any one of claims 103 to 103.
  106.   110. A portable information terminal device having a photographing function, comprising the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 105 as a photographing optical system.
  107. The portable information terminal device according to claim 106,
    A portable information terminal device having a photographing function, wherein an object image by a zoom lens is formed on a light receiving surface of an image sensor.
  108. The portable information terminal device according to claim 107,
    A portable information terminal device having an imaging function, wherein the diagonal dimension of the imaging element is 9 mm or less and the number of pixels is 3 million pixels or more.
  109.   110. A camera comprising an optical system using the lens driving device according to any one of claims 89 to 105 as a photographing optical system.
JP2005216580A 2004-07-26 2005-07-26 Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera, and portable information terminal device Active JP5354318B2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004217539 2004-07-26
JP2004217539 2004-07-26
JP2005044909 2005-02-22
JP2005044909 2005-02-22
JP2005127226 2005-04-25
JP2005127226 2005-04-25
JP2005216580A JP5354318B2 (en) 2004-07-26 2005-07-26 Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera, and portable information terminal device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005216580A JP5354318B2 (en) 2004-07-26 2005-07-26 Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera, and portable information terminal device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2006330657A true JP2006330657A (en) 2006-12-07
JP5354318B2 JP5354318B2 (en) 2013-11-27

Family

ID=37552364

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2005216580A Active JP5354318B2 (en) 2004-07-26 2005-07-26 Lens barrel, lens driving device, camera, and portable information terminal device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5354318B2 (en)

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7477454B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2009-01-13 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Digital camera and mobile information terminal apparatus
EP2053440A2 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-04-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Imaging apparatus
US7535654B2 (en) 2006-06-22 2009-05-19 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Zoom lens, imaging device, and personal digital assistant
JP2009122640A (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-06-04 Ricoh Co Ltd Imaging apparatus
US7551376B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2009-06-23 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, and camera, mobile information terminal and image input device using the lens barrel
US7595940B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2009-09-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, lens driving apparatus, camera, and mobile information terminal
JP2009223081A (en) * 2008-03-18 2009-10-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Lens barrel
US7609957B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2009-10-27 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Photographing lens driving control device
WO2009154287A1 (en) 2008-06-16 2009-12-23 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens drive control device and image pickup device
US7706082B2 (en) 2007-11-20 2010-04-27 Olympus Imaging Corp. Zoom lens and imaging apparatus incorporating the same
US7744294B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2010-06-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, camera, portable information terminal device, and image input device
JP2010151957A (en) * 2008-12-24 2010-07-08 Ricoh Co Ltd Lens barrel unit and imaging apparatus
US7777968B2 (en) 2006-03-13 2010-08-17 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Photographing lens driving control apparatus
JP2010217671A (en) * 2009-03-18 2010-09-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens, information device and imaging apparatus
US7848029B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2010-12-07 Sony Corporation Retractable zoom lens
US7864446B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2011-01-04 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens driver unit, imaging device, and hand-held data terminal device
US7872683B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2011-01-18 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel for an imaging apparatus
US7961410B2 (en) 2006-07-04 2011-06-14 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel and camera
US8089553B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2012-01-03 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens drive device, image pickup device and lens drive method
US8184381B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2012-05-22 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens driving-control device and imaging apparatus including the lens driving-control device
JP2014029552A (en) * 2013-10-09 2014-02-13 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens and image capturing device
JP2014206679A (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-30 キヤノン株式会社 Lens barrel and image capturing device
US8929004B2 (en) 2010-05-10 2015-01-06 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel
US8970971B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2015-03-03 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel
US9046744B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2015-06-02 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9116283B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2015-08-25 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
JP2016048354A (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-04-07 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and imaging apparatus including the same
US9383542B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-07-05 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9411125B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-08-09 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9664875B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2017-05-30 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9778479B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2017-10-03 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel including blur correcting mechanism and rotatable retracting lens
US10018892B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2018-07-10 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20150105150A (en) 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 삼성전자주식회사 Lens driving assembly and photographing apparatus having the same

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0634863A (en) * 1992-07-16 1994-02-10 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Photographing lens barrel
JPH07152075A (en) * 1994-08-08 1995-06-16 Nikon Corp Camera
JPH08248496A (en) * 1996-02-06 1996-09-27 Nikon Corp Multifunction two-focus camera
JP2003149723A (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-05-21 Konica Corp Camera
JP2003315861A (en) * 2002-02-21 2003-11-06 Pentax Corp Collapsible lens barrel and method for collapsing lens barrel

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0634863A (en) * 1992-07-16 1994-02-10 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Photographing lens barrel
JPH07152075A (en) * 1994-08-08 1995-06-16 Nikon Corp Camera
JPH08248496A (en) * 1996-02-06 1996-09-27 Nikon Corp Multifunction two-focus camera
JP2003149723A (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-05-21 Konica Corp Camera
JP2003315861A (en) * 2002-02-21 2003-11-06 Pentax Corp Collapsible lens barrel and method for collapsing lens barrel

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7609957B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2009-10-27 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Photographing lens driving control device
US8284289B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2012-10-09 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, camera and mobile information terminal device having the same
US7872683B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2011-01-18 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel for an imaging apparatus
US8077408B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2011-12-13 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, lens driving apparatus, camera, and mobile information terminal
US7916409B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2011-03-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, lens driving apparatus, camera, and mobile information terminal
US7595940B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2009-09-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, lens driving apparatus, camera, and mobile information terminal
US7477454B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2009-01-13 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Digital camera and mobile information terminal apparatus
US7777968B2 (en) 2006-03-13 2010-08-17 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Photographing lens driving control apparatus
US7551376B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2009-06-23 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, and camera, mobile information terminal and image input device using the lens barrel
US8184381B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2012-05-22 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens driving-control device and imaging apparatus including the lens driving-control device
US7535654B2 (en) 2006-06-22 2009-05-19 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Zoom lens, imaging device, and personal digital assistant
US7961410B2 (en) 2006-07-04 2011-06-14 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel and camera
US7744294B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2010-06-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel, camera, portable information terminal device, and image input device
EP2053440A2 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-04-29 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Imaging apparatus
JP2009122640A (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-06-04 Ricoh Co Ltd Imaging apparatus
US8089553B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2012-01-03 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens drive device, image pickup device and lens drive method
US7706082B2 (en) 2007-11-20 2010-04-27 Olympus Imaging Corp. Zoom lens and imaging apparatus incorporating the same
US7848029B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2010-12-07 Sony Corporation Retractable zoom lens
JP2009223081A (en) * 2008-03-18 2009-10-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Lens barrel
WO2009154287A1 (en) 2008-06-16 2009-12-23 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens drive control device and image pickup device
US8503115B2 (en) 2008-06-16 2013-08-06 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens drive control device and image pickup device
US7969662B2 (en) 2008-12-24 2011-06-28 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel unit and imaging apparatus
JP2010151957A (en) * 2008-12-24 2010-07-08 Ricoh Co Ltd Lens barrel unit and imaging apparatus
JP2010217671A (en) * 2009-03-18 2010-09-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens, information device and imaging apparatus
US7864446B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2011-01-04 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens driver unit, imaging device, and hand-held data terminal device
US8929004B2 (en) 2010-05-10 2015-01-06 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel
US8970971B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2015-03-03 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Lens barrel
US9046744B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2015-06-02 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US10018892B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2018-07-10 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US10031315B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2018-07-24 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9116283B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2015-08-25 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9778479B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2017-10-03 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel including blur correcting mechanism and rotatable retracting lens
US9383542B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-07-05 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9411125B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-08-09 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9519120B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-12-13 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US9664875B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2017-05-30 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
US10139648B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2018-11-27 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Lens barrel
JP2014206679A (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-30 キヤノン株式会社 Lens barrel and image capturing device
JP2014029552A (en) * 2013-10-09 2014-02-13 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens and image capturing device
JP2016048354A (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-04-07 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and imaging apparatus including the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5354318B2 (en) 2013-11-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2007033819A (en) Imaging optical system, imaging lens device, and digital equipment
CN100388041C (en) Zoom lens and information device
US7535653B2 (en) Zoom lens, imaging device and camera device and mobile information terminal using the zoom lens
US6671103B2 (en) Zoom lens and optical apparatus using the same
KR101065435B1 (en) Lens barrel, camera and mobile information terminal
CN100480771C (en) Zoom lens and image pickup device
JP5006576B2 (en) Lens barrel, camera using this lens barrel, digital camera, portable information terminal device, and image input device
JP4641203B2 (en) Lens barrel, camera using the lens barrel, and portable information terminal device
EP1914582B1 (en) Telephoto type of zoom lens having at least three lens groups
JP5158465B2 (en) Zoom lens, camera, and portable information terminal device
EP1607785A2 (en) Zoom lens and image pick-up apparatus
JP4354153B2 (en) Zoom lens, camera, and portable information terminal device
US7692870B2 (en) Zoom lens and imaging apparatus
JP4886346B2 (en) Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same
JP2008129238A (en) Zoom lens and imaging device using the same
JP2006098686A (en) Zoom lens and electronic imaging apparatus using the same
JP4688208B2 (en) Lens barrel, camera, and portable information terminal device
JP2006259344A (en) Digital camera and portable information terminal equipment
JP2006133632A (en) Zoom lens
JP4390199B2 (en) Lens barrel, camera, and portable information terminal device
DE10312492A1 (en) Zoom lens has three groups of lenses with positive and negative focal lengths, and virtual lens with aspherical surface
US7450316B2 (en) Zoom lens system and image pickup apparatus using the same
JP4632817B2 (en) Lens barrel, camera, portable information terminal, and image input device
JP5288238B2 (en) Magnifying optical system, optical apparatus equipped with the magnifying optical system, and magnifying method of the magnifying optical system
US7426085B2 (en) Lens barrel, imaging device and camera

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20080702

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20110909

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20111108

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20120622

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20120817

A02 Decision of refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A02

Effective date: 20130215

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20130513

A911 Transfer of reconsideration by examiner before appeal (zenchi)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A911

Effective date: 20130521

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20130802

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20130815